Brera

OWNER’S MANUAL ALFA
Dear Customer,
thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.
Your Alfa Brera has been designed to guarantee the safety, comfort and driving pleasure typical of
Alfa Romeo.
This booklet will help you to get to know the characteristics and operation of your car.
The following pages contain all the indications necessary for you to be able to maintain the high standards of per-
formance, quality, safety and respect for the environment which characterize your Alfa Brera.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet also contains the regulations, the warranty certificate and a guide to the services of-
fered by Alfa Romeo.
Services which are essential and precious because, when you purchase an Alfa Romeo you are not only acquiring a
car, but the tranquillity that comes from knowing that an efficient, willing and widespread organization is at your ser-
vice for any assistance problems you may have.
Have a good trip.
This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Alfa Brera, so you should only consider
the information concerning the trim level, engine and version purchased by you.
MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.
K Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use of
other products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the
damage caused.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put
the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key into the ignition device to stop limit, briefly press the START/STOP but-
ton.
Diesel engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put
the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key down into the ignition device until it stops. The instrument panel warning
light m will turn on, wait for the warning light m to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen,
briefly press the START/STOP button as soon as the warning light m turns on.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine
needles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

A system for continuously monitoring emission system components to ensure greater environmental protec-
tion is fitted in your car.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
쇵
If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), contact Al-
fa Romeo Authorized Services. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s elec-
tric system can support the required load.
CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-
tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

…information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its mainte-
nance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) â (car well-be-
ing).
Any queries concerning servicing should be forwarded to the showroom from which the car was purchased, the sub-
sidiary company or to our branch offices or any point of the Alfa Romeo Network.
Warranty Booklet
The Warranty Booklet is delivered together with every new car and contains the regulations tied to the services giv-
en by Alfa Romeo Services and to the warranty conditions.
Correctly carrying out the scheduled services specified by the manufacturer is the best way to maintain the perfor-
mance, safety characteristics and low running costs of your car. It is also necessary to maintain warranty cover.
“Service” guide
This contains the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The services can be recognized by the presence of the Alfa Romeo
badge and logo.
The Alfa Romeo organization in Italy can be found in the telephone book under the letter “A” Alfa Romeo.
Not all the models described in this booklet are available in all countries. Only some of the fittings described in this
booklet are fitted as standard to the car. The list of available accessories should be requested from the Alfa Romeo
Dealers.
THE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOKLET
The symbols illustrated in these pages show the subjects which should,
in particular, be closely studied.
PERSONAL PROTECTING THE

SAFETY ENVIRONMENT CAR SAFETY
Warning: partially or fully ignoring This indicates the correct procedures Warning: partially or fully ignoring these
these rules may lead to serious injury. to be followed to prevent rules may lead to serious damage
the car from damaging the environment. being caused to the car which, in some
circumstances, may cause forfeiture of the
warranty cover.
The texts, illustrations and specifications given in this booklet refer to the car
at the time of going to press.
As part of our ongoing striving to improve our products, Alfa Romeo may introduce technical changes during production,
therefore the specifications and fittings may be altered without prior notice.
For details on this subject, please apply to the manufacturer’s sales network.
DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DASHBOARD .................................................... 7 CEILING LIGHTS ................................................ 75

INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................... 8 CONTROLS ....................................................... 77
DEVICES
SAFETY
SYMBOLS ....................................................... 9 INTERIOR FITTINGS............................................ 80

THE ALFA ROMEO CODE SYSTEM ......................... 9 FIXED PANORAMA ROOF .................................... 84
CORRECT USE
ELECTRONIC KEY .............................................. 11 DOORS ........................................................... 86

OF THE CAR
ALARM ........................................................... 17 POWER WINDOWS ........................................... 88

IGNITION DEVICE............................................... 19 BOOT .............................................................. 90
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
INSTRUMENTS.................................................. 22 BONNET .......................................................... 96

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY.......... 26 ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ...................................... 97
SEATS ............................................................ 41 HEADLIGHTS..................................................... 97
EMERGENCY
IN AN
HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................. 44 ABS SYSTEM ................................................... 99

STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 45 VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 100
REARVIEW MIRRORS ......................................... 46 EOBD SYSTEM ................................................. 104
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
CAR
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 49 SOUND SYSTEM ............................................... 104

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ................... 51 ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER .......... 105
AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 54 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC DEVICES .. 105
TECHNICAL
ADDITIONAL HEATER ......................................... 64 PARKING SENSORS ........................................... 106

EXTERNAL LIGHTS ............................................ 65 TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (T.P.M.S.) .. 109
WINDOW WASHING ......................................... 68 AT THE FILLING STATION .................................... 112
INDEX
CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 72 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 114

6
DASHBOARD
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
fig. 1 A0F0056m
CAR
1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. External lights control lever
- 4. Instrument panel - 5. Driver’s air bag and horn - 6. Windscreen wiper control lever - 7. Upper central vent - 8. Ad-
justable and swivel central air vents - 9. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge
TECHNICAL
(petrol versions) or turbocharger pressure gauge (diesel versions) - 10. Passenger’s air bag - 11. Passenger’s knees air
bag (for versions/markets, where provided) - 12. Glove box - 13. Sound system - 14. Heating/ventilation/climate con-
trols - 15. Engine START/STOP button - 16. Ignition device - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Sound system controls
on the steering wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Cruise Control lever (for versions/markets, where provided) -
INDEX
20. Bonnet opening lever - 21. Dashboard fusebox lid - 22. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp aim-
ing device.
7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

B. Warning lights
DEVICES
SAFETY
C. Rev counter
D. Reconfigurable multifunction display
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
c m Warning lights on diesel

versions only
On diesel versions the rev counter
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

WARNING
A0F0198m
Fig. 2
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR

B. Warning lights
C. Rev counter
INDEX
D. Reconfigurable multifunction display Fig. 2/a - 1750 TURBO BENZINA version

A0F0330m
8
SYMBOLS THE ALFA ROMEO
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
CODE SYSTEM
Special coloured labels have been at-
tached near or actually on some of the To further protect you car from theft, it
components of your car. These labels
DEVICES
SAFETY
has been fitted with an engine immo-
bear symbols that remind you of the pre- bilising system. This system is auto-
cautions to be taken as regards that par- matically activated when the electronic
ticular component. key is removed.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The plate summarising the symbols used An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in
fig. 3 can be found under the bonnet. each electronic key grip. The device
transmits a radio-frequency signal when
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the engine is started through a special
aerial built into the ignition switch on the
dashboard. The modulated signal, which
changes each time the engine is start-
EMERGENCY
fig. 3 A0F0138m
ed, is the “password”, by means of
IN AN
which the control unit recognises the
electronic key and enables to start the
engine.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
9
OPERATION Message + symbol Y
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS The electronic compo-

displaying when driving
AND
Each time the electronic key is fitted in- nents inside the key may
to the ignition switch, the Alfa Romeo If message + symbol Y are displayed be damaged if the key is
CODE system control unit sends a recog- this means that the system is running submitted to sharp knocks.
nition code to the engine control unit a self-test (for example for a voltage
DEVICES
SAFETY
to deactivate the inhibitor. drop).

The code is sent only if the Alfa Romeo If message + symbol Y continue to If 2 seconds after fitting
CODE system control unit has recognised stay on the display, contact Alfa Romeo
CORRECT USE
the electronic key into

OF THE CAR
the code transmitted from the electron- Authorized Services. the ignition switch the
ic key. message + symbol continue to
IMPORTANT Every electronic key has
If when fitting the electronic key into the its own code, which must be memorised be displayed, this means that
LIGHTS AND
the code of the keys has not

MESSAGES
ignition device or starting engine the by the system control unit. To memorise
WARNING
code has not been recognised correct- new keys, up to a maximum of eight, been memorised, thus the car is
ly, a message + symbol will be shown apply solely to Alfa Romeo Authorized not protected by the Alfa Romeo
on the display (see section “Warning Services taking with you all the keys in CODE system against attempt-
EMERGENCY
lights and messages”). your possession, the CODE card, a per- ed theft. In this case, contact an
IN AN
sonal identity document and the car’s Alfa Romeo Authorized Service
In this case, the electronic key should to have the key codes memo-
possession documents. The codes of the
be removed and refitted; if the lock con- rised.
keys not provided during the new mem-
tinues, possibly try again with the oth-

orising procedure are erased from the
er keys provided with the car. If it is still
CAR
memory. This is to ensure that any lost

not possible to start the car contact Al-
or stolen keys can no longer be used
fa Romeo Authorized Services.
to start the car.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
10
ELECTRONIC KEY
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
CODE CARD
(for versions/markets,
DEVICES
SAFETY
where provided)
The CODE card fig. 4, delivered with
the keys, contains the mechanical code
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A and the electronic one B. fig. 4 A0F0023m
fig. 5 A0F0021m
The code numbers on the CODE card ELECTRONIC KEY fig. 5 Button Ë shall be used for central open-
must be kept in a safe place, not in the ing of doors and fuel cap with alarm de-
car. The car is delivered with two copies of
LIGHTS AND
activation (for versions/markets, where
MESSAGES
WARNING
the key with remote control.
provided).
The electronic key operates the ignition
Button ` shall be used to open the
If the car changes own- switch.
tailgate.
EMERGENCY
er, the new owner must Button Á shall be used for central lock-
IN AN
be given the electronic When unlocking the doors by pressing
ing of doors, tailgate and fuel cap with
key and the CODE card. button Ë, if by 2.5 minutes no door or
alarm activation (for versions/markets,
the boot is opened, the system will au-
where provided).
tomatically lock the car again.
CAR
When doors are locked, door mirrors will
When unlocking the doors, the driver's
fold (for versions/markets, where pro-
window will slightly open to facilitate
vided); mirrors will be brought automati-
door opening. If the door is not opened,
TECHNICAL
cally to driving position when refitting the
the window will re-close automatically
ignition key. This function can be deacti-
3 minutes after. If the door is opened,
vated (see paragraph “Rearview mir-
the window will re-close when re-closing
rors”).
the door.
INDEX
11
IMPORTANT Never expose the elec-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
tronic key to direct sunlight: risk of dam-
AND
ages.
IMPORTANT Remote control fre-
quency may be disturbed by radio trans-
DEVICES
SAFETY
missions outside the car (e.g. mobile

phones, hams, etc…). In this event re-
mote control may be failing.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0022m A0F0021m
fig. 6 fig. 7
The electronic key fig. 6 is fitted with Replacing the battery of the
a metal insert A, that can be extracted electronic key
by pressing button B. WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Never leave the elec- If when pressing button Ë, Á, or `,

The metal insert operates the following: tronic key unattended control given is refused or failing, the
battery should be replaced with an
❒ central door locking/unlocking by to prevent anyone, especially
children, from holding it and equivalent one that can be purchased at
EMERGENCY
operating the driver’s door lock (with

common stores.
IN AN
flat car battery only the driver’s door pressing button B-fig. 6 inad-
will open); vertently. To be sure that the battery is to be re-
placed, try again to press buttons Ë,
❒ windows opening/closing;
Á, or ` with another electronic key.

CAR
❒ switch (for versions/markets, where

When closing the tailgate again, pro-
provided) for deactivating the pas-
tection sensors are restored and direc-
senger’s air bag and knees air bag
tion indicators will flash once.
TECHNICAL
(for versions/markets, where pro-

vided);
❒ safe-lock device (for versions/
markets, where provided);
INDEX
❒ emergency unlocking of electronic

key from ignition switch.
12
IMPORTANT Never touch the electric
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
contacts of the key and prevent fluid or
AND
dust infiltration inside it.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Used batteries are
harmful to the environ-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 8 A0F0035m
fig. 9 A0F0242m
ment. They should be
disposed of as specified by law
To change the battery fig. 8 proceed ❒ remove the battery D-fig. 8 from in the special containers pro-
as follows: the case taking note of the bias (in vided, or take them to Alfa
LIGHTS AND
the figure the positive pole is facing
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ take out the metal insert A by press- Romeo Authorized Services
downwards); which will deal with their dis-
ing button B;
❒ put the new battery into the case posal.
❒ remove the snap-fitted case B-fig.
with the correct bias;
EMERGENCY
9 (red) by levering with the metal
IN AN
insert A of the electronic key in the ❒ put the case down into its seat and
point shown in the figure; refit the metal insert.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
13
SAFE LOCK DEVICE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS WARNING WARNING

AND
Once the safe lock de- If the car battery is

where provided) vice has been actuated, down, the safe lock de-
This safety system inhibits the operation doors cannot be opened from vice can be activated only us-
of the car door handles. inside the car in any way ing the metal insert of the
DEVICES
SAFETY
whatsoever. For this reason, electronic key on the driver’s

The safe lock device represents top pro- make sure there are no per- door revolving plug: in this
tection against break in attempts. Acti- sons left inside the car. case the safe lock device is ac-
vate it each time you park the car.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
tive on front passenger’s door.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
If the key battery is

flat, the safe lock de-
vice can only be deactivated by
unlocking the doors by turning
EMERGENCY
IN AN
the metal insert of the elec-

tronic key into the driver’s
door lock or by fitting the elec-
tronic key into the ignition de-

CAR
vice.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
14
Device activation is signalled by three Device deactivation
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
flashes of the led on the driver’s door
AND
The device is deactivated automatically
panel and, only if activated by pressing
on every door in the following cases:
the electronic key button Á, of direction
indicators. ❒ when unlocking the doors ;
DEVICES
SAFETY
Should one of the doors be not perfect- ❒ when unlocking only the driver’s
ly closed, the safe lock device is not ac- door (where possible);
tivated, thus preventing that a person ❒ when fitting the electronic key into
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 10 A0F0021m
getting into the car from the open door the ignition switch.
remains blocked inside the passenger’s
Device activation compartment when he/she closes the
The device is automatically activated on door.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
every door in the following cases:
❒ turning twice the metal insert of the
electronic key into the driver door to
EMERGENCY
locking position;
IN AN
❒ pressing twice the electronic key but-
ton Á.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
15
The main functions that can be activated with the electronic key or with the emergency metals insert are the following:
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Doors, Doors, Window Window Safe lock Tailgate

tailgate tailgate opening closing (for versions/ opening
and fuel cap and fuel markets, where
DEVICES
unlocking cap provided)

SAFETY
locking
Electronic Brief press on Brief press on Prolonged Prolonged Double pressing Brief press on
button Ë (*) button Á
CORRECT USE
key pressing pressing (within 1 second) button `

OF THE CAR
(over 2 seconds) (over 2 seconds) on button Á

on button Ë on button Á
LIGHTS AND
Electronic key Electronic key Electronic key Electronic key Double electronic
MESSAGES
Emergency
WARNING
–
metal rotation rotation rotation rotation key rotation
insert clockwise (*) counter-clockwise for over for over within 1 second
2 seconds 2 seconds counter-clockwise
clockwise counter-clockwise
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Direction 2 flashings 1 flashing 2 flashings 1 flashing 3 flashings 2 flashings

indicators
flashing
Led on Deterrence Turning on fixed Deterrence led off Turning on fixed Double –
CAR
driver’s door led off for 3 seconds, for 3 seconds, flashing,

followed by deter- followed by followed by
rence led deterrence led deterrence led
TECHNICAL
flashing flashing flashing
(*) It is possible to set the option “Unlocking front door only” through the “Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this sec-
tion). In this case pressing button Á and turning the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise will unlock the driver’s door only. To unlock all
the doors, press twice button Ë within 1 second or turn twice the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise.
INDEX
IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control. Window closing operation is a consequence of a door lock-
ing control.
16
ALARM Depending on the markets, the trigger-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ing of the alarm will activate the siren
AND
(for versions/markets, where provided)
and the hazard warning lights (for about
26 seconds). The methods of operation
WHEN THE ALARM and the number of cycles may vary de-
DEVICES
SAFETY
IS TRIGGERED pending on the versions/markets.
The alarm comes into action in the fol- A maximum number of sound/sight cy-
lowing cases: cles is however envisaged. Once the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
alarm cycle is over, the system will re- fig. 11 A0F0034m
❒ unlawful opening of doors, bonnet store its normal operation.

and boot (perimetral protection); HOW TO ACTIVATE
IMPORTANT Central door unlocking THE ALARM
❒ attempt to start the engine with by the emergency electronic key will not
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
unauthorised electronic key; deactivate the alarm, therefore with With the doors, bonnet and boot shut
❒ battery cable cutting; alarm on the siren will activate when and electronic key removed from igni-
opening one of the doors or the boot. tion switch, point the electronic key in
❒ presence of moving bodies in the To deactivate the siren see paragraph the direction of the car, then press and
EMERGENCY
passenger’s compartment (volu- release the button Á.
IN AN
“How to deactivate the alarm”.
metric protection);
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser With the exception of certain markets,
❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car function is guaranteed by the Alfa the system sounds a “beep” and the
(for versions/markets, where pro- Romeo CODE system, which is auto- doors are locked.
CAR
vided); matically activated when the electronic Engagement of the alarm is preceded
Volumetric and anti-raising protections key is removed from the ignition device. by a self-diagnostic test characterised by
can be cut off by operating the front ceil- a different flashing of the driver’s door
TECHNICAL
ing light controls(see paragraph “Volu- led A-fig. 11: if a fault is detected the
metric protection/Anti-raising sensor” system sounds a further warning
on the following pages). “beep”.
INDEX
17
Surveillance HOW TO DEACTIVATE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
THE ALARM
AND
When the system has been turned on,

the led A-fig. 11 will flash to indicate Press button Ë. The system will react as
that the system is in the surveillance follows (with the exception of certain
mode. The led will flash continuously markets):
DEVICES
SAFETY
while the system is under surveillance.

❒ two brief flashes of the direction in-
IMPORTANT Operation of the alarm dicators;
is adapted at the origin to the regula-
CORRECT USE
❒ two brief “beeps”;

OF THE CAR
A0F0086m
fig. 12
tions of the different countries.
❒ door unlocking. VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION/
Self-diagnosis and monitoring ANTI-RAISING SENSORS
of doors/bonnet/boot The alarm can be deactivated by fitting
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
the electronic key into the ignition

WARNING
To make sure that the protection sensors

If, after the alarm has been activated, a switch. are working properly, check that win-
second acoustic signal is heard, turn the dows are shut.
system off by pressing button Ë, check IMPORTANT On certain versions any
attempt to break in detected by the sys-
EMERGENCY
for proper locking of doors, bonnet and This function can be cut out (for exam-
IN AN
boot, then turn the system on again by tem will be indicated by a warning mes- ple if you leave animals on the car) by
pressing button Á. sage on the instrument panel display pressing button A-fig. 12 on the front
when fitting the electronic key into the ceiling light within 1 minute after in-
Otherwise if a door or bonnet/boot lid
ignition switch. strument panel turning off.

is not correctly closed it will not be con-
CAR
trolled by the system. If the control sig- When this function is off the button led
nal is repeated when the doors and bon- will turn on. Volumetric protection/anti-
net/boot are closed properly this means raising sensors cut out shall be repeat-
TECHNICAL
that the self-diagnosis function has de- ed at each instrument panel turning off.
tected a system operating fault, in which
case it is necessary to contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.
INDEX
18
HOW TO CUT OFF THE IGNITION DEVICE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ALARM SYSTEM
AND
To deactivate the alarm system com- The ignition device is located on the
pletely (for instance during prolonged dashboard and it consists of the fol-
inactivity of the car) simply lock the car lowing:
DEVICES
SAFETY
by rotating the metal insert (provided
inside the electronic key) into the dri- ❒ electronic key reading device
ver’s door lock. A-fig. 13 (set near the steering
CORRECT USE
wheel);
OF THE CAR
A0F0219m
fig. 13
MINISTERIAL ❒ button START/STOP (set under
HOMOLOGATION the electronic key reading device). WARNING
In keeping with the laws in force in each IMPORTANT To prevent running When leaving the car
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
country on the subject of radio fre- down the battery do not leave the elec- always remove the
quency, for markets in which the trans- tronic key into the ignition device when electronic key from the ignition
mitter needs to be marked the certifi- the engine is off. device to prevent any passen-
ger in the car from inadver-
EMERGENCY
cation number is given on the compo-
IN AN
nent. For certain versions/markets, the tently activating the controls.
code may also be marked on the trans- Remember to engage the
mitter and/or on the receiver. WARNING handbrake and if the car is fac-
If the ignition device is ing uphill, first gear and if the
CAR
tampered with (for ex- car is facing downhill, reverse.
ample during an attempted Never leave children unat-
break-in) have it checked over tended in the car.
TECHNICAL
by Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services before travelling
again.
INDEX
19
TURNING THE INSTRUMENT TURNING THE INSTRUMENT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
PANEL ON PANEL OFF
AND
Proceed as follows: With the engine off and brake and clutch
❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition pedal released, press button
START/STOP or take the electronic
DEVICES
SAFETY
device;
key out of the ignition device.
❒ if the electronic key is fitted yet,
press button START/ STOP with- Few seconds after the instrument pan-
el will gradually turn off.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0028m
fig. 14 out pressing the clutch or brake ped-
al. IMPORTANT If when removing the
ENGINE STARTING electronic key from the ignition device
To safeguard the battery, when leaving
See paragraph “Engine starting” in sec- the car with the instrument panel on, the instrument panel stays on, contact
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tion “Correct use of the car”. electric and electronic devices will be de- Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
activated after approx. 1 hour.
START/STOP BUTTON
fig. 14 IMPORTANT Fit the electronic key in-
EMERGENCY
to the ignition device completely until

IN AN
Button START/STOP, set on the it locks into place.

dashboard, controls car electric systems
and engine starting/stopping. IMPORTANT If when fitting the elec-
tronic key into the ignition device the in-

Button START/STOP is fitted with strument panel stays off, contact Alfa
CAR
knurled ring and led. When the led and Romeo Authorized Services.
the instrument panel are on, the engine
can be started. IMPORTANT If when fitting the elec-
TECHNICAL
tronic key into the ignition device, sym-

bol Y is displayed (on certain versions
together with a message) check
whether the electronic key is the prop-
er one and then try to refit it into the
INDEX
ignition device. If the problem persists

contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
20
STEERING COLUMN LOCK Disengaging IMPORTANT If after turning the in-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
strument panel on and/or starting the en-
AND
The steering column lock will disengage
Engaging after fitting the electronic key into the gine, the display shows the message “Car
The steering column lock will engage ignition device. protection system not available”, repeat
5 seconds after removing the electron- the operation using the moving the steer-
IMPORTANT Switching the engine off
DEVICES
SAFETY
ic key from the ignition device and if the ing wheel to facilitate steering column un-
when the car is running will not engage locking. Displaying of the warning mes-
following conditions are present:
the steering column lock till next switch- sage will not impair steering column lock
❒ engine off; ing off of the engine with car stopped. In regular operation.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ instrument panel off with car at a this event a dedicated message will be dis-
standstill; played.
❒ electronic key removed from ignition IMPORTANT Steering column lock fail-
device.
LIGHTS AND
ure is indicated by symbol + message on
MESSAGES
WARNING
the display. In this event contact Alfa
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden
to carry out whatever
EMERGENCY
IN AN
after-market operation involv-
ing steering system or steering
column modifications (e.g.: in-
stallation of anti-theft device)
CAR
that could badly affect perfor-
mance and safety, cause the
lapse of warranty and also re-
sult in non-compliance of the car
TECHNICAL
with homologation require-
ments.
INDEX
21
INSTRUMENTS FUEL GAUGE fig. 15
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The pointer shows the amount of fuel

REV. COUNTER left in the tank.
Rev counter shows engine rpm. The dan-
ger zone (red) indicates excessive high 0 - tank empty.
DEVICES
SAFETY
engine revs. Do not drive for long peri- 1 - tank full (see the indications given
ods with the pointer in this area. in paragraph “At the filling station").
IMPORTANT The electronic injection The fuel gauge warning light turns on to
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F00177m
fig. 15
control system gradually shuts off the indicate that approx. 10 litres of fuel are
flow of fuel when the engine is “over- The rev counter may, when the engine is left in the tank. When range falls below
revving” (rev counter pointer in red idling, indicate gradual or sudden increase 50 km (or 31 mi) the display will show
area) resulting in a gradual loss of en- of engine revs as the case may be; such a dedicated warning message.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
gine power, in order to bring back rpm behaviour is normal and must not be in-
below the safety limit. terpreted as a faulty condition as it occurs
during normal operation, for instance when
climate control or electric fan are switched If warning light K starts
EMERGENCY
flashing when travel-

IN AN
on. In particular, slow revs variation helps

keep the battery charged. ling, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
22
IMPORTANT Under certain conditions The turning on of the warning light u
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(heavy slopes, for instance), the reading (together with a message on the dis-
AND
on the gauge may differ from the actual play) indicates that the coolant fluid
amount of fuel in the tank and changes temperature is too high; in this case,
in level may be indicated late. This con- stop the engine and contact Alfa Romeo
DEVICES
SAFETY
dition falls within the regular operating log- Authorized Services.
ics of the fuel gauge.
IMPORTANT The temperature of the
engine coolant may rise towards the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 16 A0F0178m
maximum values (red sector) when the
car is driven at low speeds, uphill, fully
ENGINE COOLANT laden or during towing, especially if the
TEMPERATURE GAUGE ambient temperature is high.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 16
WARNING
This shows the temperature of the en-
gine coolant fluid and begins working
when the fluid temperature exceeds ap-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
prox. 50°C.
The pointer should normally be towards
the middle of the scale. If the pointer
reaches the red sector, reduce your de-
CAR
mand on the engine.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
23
The turning on of the warning light `
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
when travelling (together with a mes-
AND
sage on the display) indicates that the

oil temperature is too high; in this case,
stop the engine and contact Alfa Romeo
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT The temperature of the

engine oil may rise towards the maxi-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 17 A0F0179m
mum values (red sector) when the car fig. 18 A0F0180m
is driven at low speeds, uphill, fully

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE laden or during towing, especially if the TURBOCHARGER PRESSURE
GAUGE ambient temperature is high. GAUGE (1750 TURBO
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
(petrol versions except BENZINA and diesel

WARNING
1750 TURBO BENZINA) versions) fig. 18

fig. 17 This shows the turbocharger pressure
This shows the temperature of the en- value.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
gine oil and begins working when the

oil temperature exceeds approx. 70°C.
If the pointer reaches the red sector, re-
duce your demand on the engine.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
24
MANUAL INSTRUMENT AUTOMATIC INSTRUMENT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
PANEL LIGHT DIMMER PANEL LIGHT DIMMER
AND
With this function it is possible to adjust To give max. visibility and comfort un-
on 8 levels the light intensity of the indi- der whatever driving conditions (e.g.:
cations given on the instrument panel dis- lights on in daylight, tunnels, etc…), the
DEVICES
SAFETY
play, sound system display, climate con- speedometer is fitted with a sensor for
trol system display, radionavigation sys- adjusting automatically, after fitting the
tem display (for versions/markets, electronic key into the ignition device and
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 19 A0F0072m
where provided), and instruments (i.e.: pressing button START/STOP, the
fuel level gauge, engine oil temperature light intensity of the instrument panel dis-
TRIP METER RESET fig. 19 gauge for petrol versions or turbocharger play, sound system display, climate con-
To reset the trip meter, keep button A pressure gauge for diesel versions, and en- trol system display, radionavigation sys-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
tem display (for versions/markets,
WARNING
pressed for a few seconds. gine coolant temperature gauge).
where provided), and instruments (i.e.:
To increase light intensity press briefly fuel level gauge, engine oil temperature
button + on the left-hand stalk, to re- gauge for petrol versions or turbocharg-
EMERGENCY
duce it press button –: the display will er pressure gauge for diesel versions, and
IN AN
show an indication and a figure corre- engine coolant temperature gauge).
sponding to the current light intensity
level. This screen will be displayed for
a few seconds and then it will go off.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
25
RECONFIGURABLE INFORMATION ABOUT CAR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
CONDITIONS (at event)
AND
MULTIFUNCTION
❒ Scheduled servicing;
DISPLAY
❒ Trip computer;
DEVICES
SAFETY
The “Reconfigurable multifunction dis- ❒ Instrument panel light dimmer;

play” shows all the useful information ❒ Engine oil level;
necessary when driving, more particu-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
larly: fig. 20 A0F0015m

IMPORTANT When opening a door
the display will show for a few seconds
The date C in the middle of the display the time, the km covered and the ex-
INFORMATION ON will stay on until another display info is ternal temperature.
STANDARD SCREEN activated (e.g. “Light dimmer”) or oth-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ Clock A-fig. 20; er information on car conditions.

❒ External temperature B; With ignition key removed (when open-
ing a door) the display will turn on and
❒ Date C;
EMERGENCY
indicate for a few seconds time, km (or

IN AN
❒ Partial km (or miles) covered D; mi) covered and external temperature .

❒ Total km (or miles) covered E;
❒ Indications on car conditions F (e.g.:
doors open, or possible ice on road,

CAR
etc. ...).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
26
CONTROL BUTTONS Selecting an option of the main
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
menu without submenu:
AND
MENU ❒ briefly press button MENU to se-
Short push on button: to confirm lect the main menu option to set;
the required option and/or to go to next ❒ operate buttons + or – (by single
DEVICES
SAFETY
screen; press) to select the new setting;
Long push on button: to go back to ❒ briefly press button MENU to store
previous screen without saving the se- new setting and go back to the pre-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0074m
fig. 21
lected option. viously selected option of the main
“SETUP MENU” menu.
+/– to scroll up/down the “Setup
Menu” options or to increase/decrease There is also a “Setup Menu” enabling
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the value displayed on the screen. to perform the adjustments and/or set-
When the standard screen is displayed tings described on the following pages
buttons +/– activate instrument panel by pressing button MENU and +/–
light dimming. (see fig. 21). The Setup menu can be
EMERGENCY
IN AN
activated by pressing briefly button
MENU.
The menu comprises a series of func-
tions arranged in a “circular fashion”
CAR
fig. 22.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
27
Selecting an option of the main Selecting “Date” and “Clock”: ENGINE OIL
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
menu with submenu: LEVEL INDICATION
❒ briefly press button MENU to select
AND
❒ briefly press button MENU to dis- the first value to change (e.g. hours Fitting the electronic key into the igni-
play the first submenu option; /minutes or year /month /day); tion device, the display will show for a
❒ operate buttons + or – (by single ❒ operate buttons + or – (by single few seconds the engine oil level. At this
DEVICES
SAFETY
press) to scroll all submenu options; press) to select the new setting; stage, to clear this indication and to go
❒ briefly press button MENU to select ❒ briefly press button MENU to store to next screen, press button MENU.
the displayed submenu option and new setting and go back to the pre- Low/excessive oil level will be indicat-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
to enter the corresponding setup viously selected option of the main ed by a dedicated warning message on
menu; menu, if this is the last one you will the display.
❒ operate buttons + or – (by single go back to the previously selected
IMPORTANT Check the proper en-
press) to select the new setting of this option of the main menu.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
gine oil level on the dipstick (see para-

WARNING
submenu option; graph “Checking levels” in section “Car

❒ briefly press button MENU to store maintenance”).
the new setting and go back to the
IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level
EMERGENCY
previously selected submenu option.

IN AN
shall be checked with the car on level

ground.
IMPORTANT For proper oil level in-
dication, after fitting the key, wait for

CAR
about 2 seconds before starting the en-

gine.
IMPORTANT Engine oil level could in-
TECHNICAL
crease after a long stop.

INDEX
28
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Briefly press button MENU to access navigation from the standard screen. To surf the menu press buttons + or –. For safety rea-
sons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting “Speed limit”). When the car is stationary
access to the whole menu is enabled. On cars fitted with radionavigation system, only the following functions can be set: “Speed
limit”, “Daylight sensor” (for versions/markets, where provided) e “S.B.R. buzzer reactivation”. The other functions are displayed
DEVICES
SAFETY
and can be set/adjusted on the radionavigation system display.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SPEED LIMIT LIGHT SENS. RESET TRIP B
QUIT SETUP
CLOCK
EMERGENCY
IN AN
SERVICE MODE 12/24
KEYS VOL. DATE
CAR
BEEP VOL.
AUDIO RPT.
INDEP. BOOT
LANGUAGE
UNITS DOOR LOCK UNLOCK FDA
TECHNICAL
INDEX
A0F0218g
fig. 22
29
Speed limit (Speed limit) IMPORTANT The possible setting is Automatic headlight daylight
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
between 30 and 250 km/h (or be- sensor (Light Sens.)
AND
With this function it is possible to set the

tween 20 and 150 mph) depending on (for versions/markets,
car speed limit (km/h or mph), which,
the unit set previously (see paragraph where provided)
if exceeded, automatically sounds a
“Units” described later). Every press
buzzer and displays a special message With this function it is possible to adjust
DEVICES
(pulse) of the button +/– increases or

SAFETY
(see section “Warning lights and mes- the light sensor sensitivity according to
decreases the value by 5 units. Keeping
sages”) to alert the driver. 3 levels.
the button +/– pressed obtains auto-
To set the speed limit, proceed as fol- matic fast increase or decrease. When To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
lows: you are near the required setting com- ❒ briefly press button MENU: the pre-
❒ briefly press button MENU: OFF plete adjustment with single presses. viously set level will be displayed;
will be displayed; To abort the setting: ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ press button +: ON will be dis- ❒ briefly press button MENU: ON quired;

played; will be displayed; ❒ briefly press button MENU to go
❒ briefly press button MENU then, ❒ press button –: OFF will be dis- back to the menu screen or press the
EMERGENCY
use buttons +/– to set the required played; button for long to go back to the
IN AN
speed (during setting the value will standard screen.

❒ briefly press button MENU to go
flash).
back to the menu screen or press the Reset Trip B
button for long to go back to the

back to the menu screen or press the standard screen. This function enables to select Trip B re-
CAR
button for long to go back to the set mode (Automatic or Manual).

standard screen. For further information see paragraph
TECHNICAL
“Trip computer”.
INDEX
30
Setting the clock (Clock) IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on Clock mode (Mode 12/24)
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the button +/– increases/decreases by
AND
This function enables to set the clock. This function is used to set the clock in
one unit. Keeping button +/– pressed the 12h or 24h mode.
Proceed as follows: obtains fast increase/decrease. When
you are near the required setting com- To adjust proceed as follows:
❒ briefly press button MENU: “hours”
DEVICES
SAFETY
will be displayed; plete adjustment with single presses. ❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-
❒ press button + or – for setting as re- ❒ briefly press button MENU to go play will show 12h or 24h (accord-
back to the menu screen or press the ing to previous setting);
quired;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button for long to go back to the ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
❒ briefly press button MENU: “min- standard screen. quired;
utes” will be displayed;
❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
back to the menu screen or press the
WARNING
quired;
standard screen.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
31
Setting the date (Date) Audio Info Repetition To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) in-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(Audio Rpt.) (where provided) fo displaying proceed as follows:
AND
This function enables to update the date

(year - month - day). This function enables to display sound ❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-
system information. play will show ON or OFF (ac-
Proceed as follows:
cording to previous setting);
❒ Radio: selected radio station fre-
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ briefly press button MENU : “year”

quency or RDS message, automatic ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
will flash on the display;
tuning activation or AutoSTore; quired;
CORRECT USE
❒ audio CD, MP3 Cd: selected track ❒ briefly press button MENU to go
OF THE CAR
quired;
number; back to the menu screen or press the
❒ briefly press button MENU: button for long to go back to the
❒ CD Changer: CD number and track
“month” will flash on the display; standard screen.
number;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ press button + or – for setting as re- According to the audio source selected,
quired; below the time will be displayed the
❒ briefly press button MENU: “day” symbol of the current source.
EMERGENCY
will flash on the display;

IN AN

quired;
IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on

CAR
the button +/– increases/decreases by

one unit. Keeping button +/– pressed
obtains fast increase/decrease. When
TECHNICAL
you are near the required setting com-

plete adjustment with single presses.
INDEX

standard screen.
32
Independent boot unlocking Driver’s door unlocking Automatic central door locking
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(Indep. Boot) (Unlock Fda) (Door lock)
AND
Opening the boot with the remote con- With this function it is possible to unlock When activated (ON), this function
trol (press button ` is always pos- only the driver’s door by pressing the locks automatically the doors when the
sible. The option “Independent boot” en- electronic key button Ë. car speed exceeds 20 km/h.
DEVICES
SAFETY
ables or disables the button set on the To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) this
With this function active (ON) it is how-
armrest. More particularly: with “Indep. function proceed as follows:
ever possible to unlock the other doors
Boot ON” the button is always off. With
by pressing the door unlock button on
CORRECT USE
❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-
OF THE CAR
“Indep. Boot OFF” the button is always
central console. play will show ON or OFF (ac-
on and pressing it will unlock the boot if
doors are unlocked. To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) this cording to previous setting);
function proceed as follows: ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
To activate independent boot function (by
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
deactivating the armrest button) (ON) ❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis- quired;
or to deactivate it (OFF), proceed as fol- play will show ON or OFF (ac- ❒ briefly press button MENU to go
lows: cording to previous setting); back to the menu screen or press the
EMERGENCY
❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis- ❒ press button + or – for setting as re- button for long to go back to the
IN AN
play will show ON or OFF (ac- quired; standard screen.
cording to previous setting); ❒ briefly press button MENU to go When the function is on, the button
❒ press button + or – for setting as re- back to the menu screen or press the round led is on q.
CAR
quired; button for long to go back to the
standard screen.
TECHNICAL
standard screen.
INDEX
33
Units Consumption Temperature
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
With this function it is possible to set the If the distance unit set is km (see pre- This function enables to set the tem-
units for distance covered (km or mi), vious paragraph) the display will enable perature unit (°C or °F).
fuel consumption (l/100 km, km/l or to set the fuel consumption unit in To set the required unit proceed as fol-
mpg) and temperature (°C or °F). l/100 km, km/l or mpg.
DEVICES
lows:
SAFETY
Distance If the distance unit set is “mi” (see pre- ❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-
vious paragraph) fuel consumption will play will show °C or °F (according
To set the required unit proceed as fol- be displayed in “mpg”.
CORRECT USE
to previous setting);
OF THE CAR
lows:
In this case the option “Cons.Unit” of the ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis- “Setup Menu” can be selected but it is
play will show “km” or “mi” (ac- quired;
locked on “mpg”.
cording to previous setting); ❒ briefly press button MENU to go
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To set the required unit proceed as fol- back to the menu screen or press the
❒ press button + or – for setting as re- lows:
quired; button for long to go back to the
❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis- standard screen.
EMERGENCY
play will show “km/l” or “l/100

IN AN
back to the menu screen or press the km” (according to previous setting);
standard screen. ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
quired;
CAR

TECHNICAL
standard screen.
INDEX
34
Selecting the language Adjusting the failure/warning Adjusting the button volume
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(Language) buzzer volume (Beep Vol.) (Keys Vol.)
AND
Display messages can be shown in the With this function the volume of the With this function the volume of the
following languages: Italian, English, buzzer accompanying any fail- roger-beep accompanying the activation
German, Portuguese, Spanish, French, ure/warning indication can be adjusted of certain buttons can be adjusted ac-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Dutch and Brazilian. according to 8 levels. cording to 8 levels.
To set the required language proceed as To adjust the volume proceed as follows: To adjust the volume proceed as follows:
follows:
CORRECT USE
❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis- ❒ briefly press button MENU: the dis-
OF THE CAR
❒ briefly press button MENU : the display will show the previously set vol- play will show the previously set vol-
play will show the previously set ume “level”; ume “level”;
“language”; ❒ press button + or – for setting as re- ❒ press button + or – for setting as re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ press button + or – for setting as required; quired;
quired; ❒ briefly press button MENU to go ❒ briefly press button MENU to go
❒ briefly press button MENU to go back to the menu screen or press the back to the menu screen or press the
EMERGENCY
back to the menu screen or press the button for long to go back to the button for long to go back to the
IN AN
button for long to go back to the standard screen. standard screen.
standard screen.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
35
Scheduled Servicing (Service) Reactivating the S.B.R. ILLUMINATION OF REV
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Through this function it is possible to dis- (Seat Belt Reminder) COUNTER/INSTRUMENTS
AND
play information connected to proper car buzzer (Beep Seatb.) (NIGHT PANEL)
servicing. This function is displayed only after the This function enables to turn on/off
Proceed as follows: system has been deactivated by Alfa (ON/OFF) the lights of the rev counter
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ briefly press button MENU: service Romeo Authorized Services. and instruments. This function can be ac-
in km or mi, according to previous tivated (only with electronic key fitted in-
setting, will be displayed (see para- Exit Menu (Quit setup) to ignition device, external lights on, and
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
graph “Units”); Selecting this option will bring back to speedometer built-in sensor at poor out-
❒ briefly press button MENU to go standard screen. side light setting), by pressing for long but-
back to the menu screen or press the ton –. When this function is on, the dis-
button for long to go back to the play will show a warning message.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
standard screen. Once on, the NIGHT PANEL function

IMPORTANT The Service schedule in- can be deactivated as follows:
cludes car maintenance every 35,000 km ❒ by long press on button + (also with
EMERGENCY
(or 21,000 mi); this is shown automat- external lights off);

IN AN
ically, with the electronic key into the ig- ❒ removing the electronic key from the
nition device starting from 2,000 km (or ignition device.
1,240 mi) from this deadline and it will
be displayed in km or miles according to When function is off the display will show
CAR
the unit set. When a scheduled service in- a warning message.

terval (“coupon”) is near to come, fitting Messages stay on the display for a few
the electronic key into the ignition device seconds, then they will go off. To stop
TECHNICAL
will display a message followed by the displaying before time, briefly press but-
number of km/mi to go before car ser- ton MENU.
vicing. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-
vices to carry out any service operation
provided by the Service schedule or by the
INDEX
Annual inspection plan, and to reset the

display.
36
TRIP COMPUTER
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
General features
The “Trip computer” displays information (with electronic key fitted into ignition device) relating to the operating status of
the car. This function comprises the “General trip” concerning the “complete mission” of the car (journey) and “Trip B” con-
DEVICES
SAFETY
cerning the partial mission of the car; this latter function (as shown in fig. 23) is “contained” within the complete mission.
Both functions are resettable (reset - start of new mission).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Reset GENERAL TRIP Reset GENERAL TRIP
End of complete mission End of complete mission
Start of new mission Start of new mission
EMERGENCY
IN AN
GENERAL TRIP
˙
˙
Reset TRIP B
TRIP B
˙
CAR
˙
Reset TRIP B
TRIP B
˙
˙
Reset TRIP B TRIP B
TECHNICAL
End of partial mission
˙
˙
Start of new partial mission End of partial mission
Start of new
partial mission End of partial mission Reset TRIP B
INDEX
Start of new End of partial mission
partial mission Start of new
fig. 23
partial mission
37
The “General Trip” displays the figures Values displayed Range
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
relating to:
AND
Average consumption This value shows the distance in km (or

❒ Average consumption mi) that the car can still cover before
Represents the indicative average of con- needing fuel, assuming that driving con-
❒ Current consumption sumptions from the beginning of the ditions are kept unvaried.
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Average speed new mission.

The display will show “- - - -“ in the fol-
❒ Travel time Current consumption lowing cases:
CORRECT USE
❒ Range This value shows instant fuel consump- ❒ value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi);
OF THE CAR
tion (this value is updated second by

❒ Travel Distance ❒ car left parked with engine running
second). If parking the car with engine
for long.
“Trip B” displays information concern- on, the display will show “- - - -”.
LIGHTS AND
IMPORTANT The variation of the au-

MESSAGES
WARNING
ing : Average speed tonomy value can be influenced by dif-

❒ Travel Distance B This value shows the car average speed ferent factors: driving style (see what is
❒ Average consumption B as a function of the overall time elapsed described in paragraph “Driving style”
EMERGENCY
since the start of the new mission. in the chapter “Correct use of the car”),
IN AN
❒ Average speed B type of route (highways, urban, moun-

❒ Travel time B. Travel time tain, etc…), use conditions of the car
This value shows the time elapsed since (load transported, tire pressure, etc…).
the start of the new mission (driving What was described previously must be
CAR
time). taken in consideration when planning

a trip.
Travel Distance
TECHNICAL
This value shows the distance covered

from the start of the new mission.
Each time the battery is connected and
INDEX
each time a new mission is started (re-

set), the display will show “0.0”.
38
New mission (reset) Button TRIP shall also be used to reset
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the “General Trip” and “Trip B” functions
AND
Reset can be:
to start a new mission:
❒ “manual”, reset is performed by the
❒ short push: to display the differ-
driver by pressing button TRIP;
ent values;
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ “automatic”, reset is performed
❒ long push: to reset and then start
when the trip distance reaches
a new mission.
9999.9 km (or mi), when travel
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
time reaches 99.59 (99 hours and fig. 24 A0F0076m
To scroll the Trip Computer options,
59 minutes) or after disconnecting briefly press buttons - and ..
and then reconnecting the battery. TRIP BUTTON
Button TRIP fig. 24, set on the right
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
steering column stalk shall be used (with
electronic key into ignition device) to en-
ter the “General Trip” and “Trip B” func-
tion. To scroll the values of each option
EMERGENCY
IN AN
use buttons set aside the stalk.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
39
In the same screen it is not possible to Start of journey procedure
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
have displayed at the same time the (reset)
AND
same option at the top and at the bot-

Trip A and Trip B reset are independent.
tom of the screen.
Briefly press button TRIP to select the Reset General Trip
DEVICES
SAFETY
two Trip computer modes; use button With electronic key into ignition device,
- to scroll the options at the top of the to reset the “General Trip” press and
display, use button . to scroll the op- keep pressed button TRIP for over 2
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 25 A0F0052m
tions at the bottom of the display. seconds.
IMPORTANT “General Trip” reset will Press briefly button TRIP to go from IMPORTANT Reset can be automat-
also reset the “Trip B” function, where- Trip A to Trip B. ic only in the following cases:
as “Trip B” reset will only reset the in-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ when the “Travel Distance” reach-

WARNING
formation associated with this function. es 9999.9 km or the “Travel Time”

Every Trip computer screen displays two reaches 99.59 (99 hours and 59
options of the active Trip (Trip A or Trip minutes);
EMERGENCY
B); one option is displayed at the top of

IN AN
❒ after disconnecting/reconnecting
the screen, the other one at the bottom the battery.
(see fig. 25).
At General Trip reset a warning message
will be displayed.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
40
SEATS
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
AND
Once you have re-
MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE leased the lever, check
FRONT SEATS fig. 26 that the seat is firmly locked
in the runners by trying to
DEVICES
SAFETY
move it back and forth. Failure
to lock the seat in place could
WARNING result in the seat moving sud-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Only make adjustments denly and the driver losing
when the car is sta- control of the car.
tionary.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Upholstery of your car Height adjustment
has been designed to (where provided)
EMERGENCY
withstand wear deriv- A0F0020m
IN AN
fig. 26 Move repeatedly lever B upwards or
ing from common use of the car. downwards to achieve the required
You are however recommended height.
to avoid strong and/or contin- Moving the seat backwards
uous scratching with clothing ac- or forwards IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-
CAR
cessories such as metallic buck- ried out only seated at the driver’s seat.
Lift the lever A (on the inner side of the
les, studs, Velcro fastenings and
seat) and push the seat forwards or Back rest angle adjustment
the like, since these items cause
TECHNICAL
backwards: in the driving position the
circumscribed stress of the cov- Operate button C until obtaining the re-
arms should rest on the rim of the steer-
er fabric that could lead to yarn quired position.
ing wheel.
breaking, and damage the cov-
er as a consequence.
INDEX
41
Lumbar adjustment Seat controls are the
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(for versions/markets, following:
AND
where provided) Multifunction control A:

Turn the knob D until obtaining the re- ❒ front seat height adjustment;
quired position.
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ rear seat height adjustment;

Back rest angle adjustment ❒ vertical seat movement;
CORRECT USE
❒ longitudinal seat movement;

OF THE CAR
where provided)
Use lever E. Pulling the lever upwards B: Back rest angle adjustment;
the seat will bend back by one position. C: Driver’s seat positions store buttons;
Pushing the lever downwards the seat
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
will bend forward. D: Lumbar adjustment;

Tilting the back rest E: Back rest tipping.
To get to the rear seats, pull handle F:
EMERGENCY
fig. 27 A0F0254m IMPORTANT Seat can only be ad-

the back rest will tilt and the seat can
IN AN
justed when the electronic key is fitted

slide forward. into the ignition device and for about 1
Bringing back the back rest the seat will ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLE minute from removing it or after press-
return automatically to its original posi- FRONT SEATS fig. 27 ing button START/STOP. After open-
CAR
tion (mechanical memory). (for versions/markets, ing the door the seat can be adjusted for
where provided) about 3 minutes or until closing the
After bringing the back rest to its origi- door.
nal position check tat it firmly locked.
TECHNICAL
Check also that the seat is firmly locked

in the runners by trying to move it back WARNING
and forth. Only make adjustments
when the car is station-
INDEX
ary.
42
Storing driver’s seat/door Easy Entry
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
mirror positions
AND
This function, operating regardless of the
Buttons C allows to store and recall three ignition key position into the ignition de-
different driver’s seat and door mirror po- vice, facilitates access to rear seats.
sitions. Storing and recalling are only pos-
DEVICES
SAFETY
To access the rear seats, pull handle E-
sible with electronic key fitted into igni-
fig. 27 and move the seat back for-
tion device.
wards: the seat will slide forward auto-
Stored position can only be recalled for matically.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0024m
fig. 28
about 3 minutes after opening the doors
Bringing the seat back to its normal po-
Seat warming and for about 1 minute after removing
sition will return the seat to its original
(for versions/markets, the electronic key from the ignition de-
position.
vice.
LIGHTS AND
where provided)
MESSAGES
WARNING
If when returning to the original position
With electronic key fitted into ignition To store the required seat position, ad-
it finds an obstacle (e.g.: rear passen-
device, turn ring nut A-fig. 28 to turn just it as required then press the button
ger’s knees), the seat will stop, it will
this function on/off. corresponding to position to store for a
then move forward and then it will lock.
EMERGENCY
few seconds.
IN AN
Seat warming can be adjusted to 3 dif-
ferent levels (0 = seat warming off). To recall the stored position, press briefly
the corresponding button.
Storing a new position will automatically
CAR
clear the one stored previously using the
same button.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
43
HEAD RESTRAINTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
FRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS

Front head restraints are built into the
DEVICES
SAFETY
seats.
CORRECT USE
REAR HEAD RESTRAINTS

OF THE CAR
A0F0085m
fig. 29
Rear seats are fitted with two head re-
straints.
If required, head restraints can be re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
moved as follows:
❒ pull up lever A-fig. 29 and tilt the
rear seat backrest forward (a “red
EMERGENCY
A0F0199m
fig. 28/a band” B will appear);
IN AN
FRONT SEATS SPORTS fig. 30 A0F0137m
fig. 28/a
(for versions/markets, ❒ raise head restraints to max. height;

CAR
where provided) ❒ press buttons C-fig. 30 (set aside

the two head restraint supports)
Certain versions are fitted with electri-
then remove the head restraints by
TECHNICAL
cally adjustable front seats with sports

pulling them upwards.
configuration.
To adjust these seats see the indications
contained in previous paragraphs.
INDEX
44
STEERING WHEEL
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
AND
It is absolutely forbid-
The steering wheel can be adjusted both den to carry out what-
axially and in height. ever after-market operation
involving steering system or
DEVICES
SAFETY
Release the lever A-fig. 31 pushing it steering column modifications
downwards, then adjust the steering (e.g.: installation of anti-theft
wheel as required. To lock the steering device) that could badly affect
CORRECT USE
wheel, push lever A upwards.
OF THE CAR
A0F0136m
fig. 31 performance and safety, cause
the lapse of warranty and al-
WARNING so result in non-compliance of
Any adjustment of the the car with homologation re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
steering wheel position quirements.
must be carried out only with
the car stationary and the en-
gine turned off.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
45
REARVIEW
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
MIRRORS
DRIVING MIRROR
DEVICES
SAFETY
The mirror is fitted with a safety device

that causes it to be released in the event
of a violent crash.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0135m A0F0036m
fig. 32 fig. 34
Using lever A-fig. 32 the mirror can
be adjusted to two different positions: To adjust the mirror move the switch B Powered mirror folding
normal or antiglare. in the four directions shown by the ar- (for versions/markets,
rows.
LIGHTS AND
where provided)
MESSAGES
WARNING
DOOR MIRRORS When required (for example when the

IMPORTANT After adjusting the mir-
Door mirror can only be adjusted and ror, turn selector A to 0 to prevent ac- mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
folded when the electronic key is fitted it is possible to fold the mirrors by press-
EMERGENCY
cidental movements.
ing button C-fig. 34.
IN AN
into the ignition device.

Manual mirror folding To bring the mirrors back to driving po-
Adjusting the mirror sition press again button C-fig. 34.
When required (for example when the
Use device A-fig. 34 to select the re- mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces) When doors are locked, door mirrors will
CAR
quired mirror: it is possible to fold the mirror moving it fold; mirrors will be brought automati-
❒ turn selector A to 1: to select the from position A-fig. 35 to position B. cally to driving position when refitting
left mirror; the ignition key.
TECHNICAL
❒ turn selector A to 2: to select the

right mirror.
INDEX
46
Storing the “parking” To store the required mirror position pro-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
position of the door mirror ceed as follows:
AND
on the passenger side
❒ engage reverse with car stopped and
On versions equipped with powered ignition key fitted into ignition de-
seats, to improve visibility during park- vice;
DEVICES
SAFETY
ing manoeuvres when engaging the re-
❒ turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to se-
verse gear, the driver can adjust/move
lect the passenger door mirror);
(and store) the passenger door mirror
CORRECT USE
❒ adjust the passenger door mirror as
OF THE CAR
fig. 35 A0F0081m
to a position different from that used
during normal running. required to obtain best position for
This function can be activat- parking manoeuvres;
ed/deactivated by keeping the folding
❒ keep one of the buttons C-fig. 27
LIGHTS AND
button pressed for over 2 seconds. A
MESSAGES
WARNING
buzzer will sound when activa- pressed for 3 seconds at least (see
tion/deactivation is set. paragraph “Seats” in this section).
Together with the passenger door mir-
EMERGENCY
ror “parking” position, also the driver
IN AN
As the driver’s door mir- seat and door mirror positions will be
ror is curved, it may stored. The sound of a buzzer confirms
slightly alter the per- that the mirror position has been stored.
ception of distance.
TECHNICAL CAR
WARNING
When driving the mir-
rors shall always be in
open position.
INDEX
47
Recallig the passenger door Automatic door mirror Defrosting/demisting
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
mirror “parking” realignment
AND
The electric mirrors are fitted with heating

Proceed as follows: fit the electronic key Each time the ignition key is fitted into coils which come into operation when turn-
into the ignition device; engage reverse; the ignition device, door mirrors return ing on the heated rear window (by press-
turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to select automatically to the last position ing button ().
DEVICES
SAFETY
the passenger door mirror). reached and/or recalled at last key re-
IMPORTANT This function is timed
moval.
The mirror will set automatically to the and is deactivated after a few minutes.
previously stored position. This enables mirror alignment if when
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
leaving the car parked one of the door

If no parking position has been stored,
mirrors has been moved manually
when engaging reverse the passenger
and/or accidentally.
door mirror will slightly lower to aid the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
driver during parking.

WARNING
The mirror will automatically return to

its original position 10 seconds after dis-
engaging reverse, when the car speed
EMERGENCY
IN AN
exceeds 10 km/h in forward gear or

when turning selector A-fig. 34 to 0.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
48
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
A0F0220m
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
fig. 36
INDEX
1 Upper vent - 2 Adjustable and swivel central vents - 3 Adjustable and swivel side vents - 4 Lower vents for rear seats -
5 Lower vents for front seats - 6 Windscreen and front windows demisting/defrosting vents.
49
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0014m A0F0057m A0F0067m

fig. 37 fig. 39 fig. 40
UPPER VENT fig. 39 WINDSCREEN AND FRONT

The vent has an opening/closing con- SIDE WINDOW
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
WARNING
trol.
VENTS
O = Completely closed
These vents are located at the ends A-
I = Completely open fig. 40 and on the front part B of the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
dashboard.
A0F0012m
fig. 38
CENTRAL AND
CAR
SIDE VENTS fig. 37-38

These vents are located on the dash-
board. Each vent A features a wheel B
TECHNICAL
to adjust air flow and a device C to di-

rect it horizontally or vertically.
O = Completely closed
I = Completely open
INDEX
50
MANUAL CLIMATE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
CONTROL SYSTEM
where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
CONTROLS fig. 41
A - Air temperature knob (mixing warm
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
and cold air);
B - Air distribution knob;
C - Fan speed knob;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
D - Heated rear window and door mir-
ror defrosting on/off button;
EMERGENCY
E - Windscreen, front side windows and
IN AN
door mirror max. demisting/defrosting fig. 41 A0F0011m
on/off button;
F - Air recirculation on/off button; AIR DISTRIBUTION N: air flow towards the front and rear
CAR
G - Compressor on/off button. SELECTION lower part of the passenger compart-
ment;
O: air flow to driver’s/passenger’s
TECHNICAL
body; Q: air flow towards the lower part of
the passenger compartment and wind-
M: air flow to driver’s/passenger’s screen;
body and lower part of the passenger
compartment; ü: air flow towards the windscreen
INDEX
51
WARMING THE PASSENGER QUICK WINDSCREEN HEATED REAR WINDOW
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
COMPARTMENT AND FRONT SIDE WINDOW AND DOOR MIRROR
AND
Proceed as follows: DEMISTING/DEFROSTING DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

(MAX-DEF function) To turn this function on press button (
❒ turn knob A to the required tem-
To turn this function on press button - the button led will turn on. To turn this
DEVICES
SAFETY
perature;
: the button leds -, √ and ( will turn function off press again button .
❒ turn knob C to the required speed; on. To turn this function off press again On certain versions, turning this function
❒ turn knob B to the required distrib- button - the button led will turn off. on will also activate windscreen de-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ution: After demisting/defrosting, turn this frosting in the windscreen wiper area.
function off to keep perfect comfort con-
N: to warm the feet of front and rear ditions. This function is timed and switches off
passengers; automatically after few minutes, or by
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
M: to warm the feet and keep the face Window demisting pressing again the button or by turning
cool (bilevel function); the engine off. It will not be switched
Climate control system √ is very use- on automatically when restarting the en-
Q: to warm the feet and at the same ful to speed up window demisting and gine.
EMERGENCY
time demist the windscreen; it is therefore to be turned on in the

IN AN
event of considerable moisture. In any IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on

❒ turn air recirculation off (if on). case it is recommended to perform the the inside of the heated rear window
following preventive demisting proce- over the heating filaments to avoid dam-
dure: age that might cause it to stop work-

CAR
❒ turn air recirculation off (if on); ing properly.

❒ turn knob C to second speed;
TECHNICAL
❒ turn knob B to Q.
INDEX
52
RECIRCULATION CLIMATE CONTROL LOOKING AFTER
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(fast cooling) THE SYSTEM
AND
To turn this function on press button
v: the button led will turn on. IMPORTANT The compressor √ can During the winter, the climate control
This function is particularly useful when be enabled only if the ventilation is en- system √ must be turned on at least
abled. once a month for about ten minutes.
DEVICES
SAFETY
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a
traffic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is Proceed as follows: Before summer, have the system
better not to use it for long periods, es- checked at Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-
pecially if there are several people in the ❒ turn knob A completely leftwards;
CORRECT USE
vices.
OF THE CAR
car to prevent window misting up. ❒ turn knob C to top speed;
Do not use the air recirculation function ❒ turn knob B to O;
on rainy/cold days as it would consid-
❒ press buttons √ and v (buttons
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
erably increase the possibility of the win- After connecting/discon-
leds on).
dows misting inside. necting the battery,
IMPORTANT The inside air recircula- How to keep the required wait for 3 minutes at
cooling least before fitting the elec-
EMERGENCY
tion system makes it possible to reach
IN AN
the required (“heating” or “cooling”) tronic key into the ignition de-
Proceed as follows: vice in order to allow the cli-
conditions faster.
❒ turn air recirculation off (if on). mate control system control unit
to reset the positions of the
❒ turn knob A to the required tem- electric actuators that adjust air
CAR
perature; temperature and distribution.
❒ turn the knurled ring C to the re-
quired fan speed.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
53
AUTOMATIC The following parameters and functions
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
can be set or changed manually:
AND
TWO-ZONE CLIMATE
❒ required temperature;
CONTROL SYSTEM
(for versions/markets, ❒ fan speed;
DEVICES
SAFETY
where provided) ❒ air distribution on seven levels;

❒ compressor on/off;
DESCRIPTION
CORRECT USE
❒ window demisting/defrosting;
OF THE CAR
A0F0091m
fig. 42
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
control system which makes it possible ❒ air recirculation.
to separately adjust the air temperature To guarantee perfect
The system is fitted with AQS (Air Qual- and regular sensor op-
in the two passenger’s compartment ar-
LIGHTS AND
ity System) sensor (where provided),

MESSAGES
WARNING
eas to reach the required comfort. eration do not apply

that turns on air recirculation automati- stickers in the “monitoring”
To obtain top control of both zones, the cally when it detects the presence of out- area between sensor and wind-
system is fitted with outside temperature side polluted air (for example in queues screen. Keep windscreen and
EMERGENCY
sensor, passenger’s compartment tem- and tunnels). sensor clean and avoid to accu-
IN AN
perature sensor and bilateral sun radia- Where provided, the system is integrat- mulate dust or other sub-
tion sensor. ed with an anti-misting sensor A-fig. 42 stances.
set behind the driving mirror, capable of
The climate control system automatically

“monitoring” a preset internal area of the
CAR
controls and adjusts the following pa-

rameters and functions: windscreen and of intervening automat-
ically to prevent or to reduce window mist-
❒ air temperature at driver/passengers
ing up, through a proper strategy. This
TECHNICAL
vents;
sensor can be deactivated through any
❒ fan speed; manual system control when the strate-
❒ air distribution at driver/passenger gy is operating. The sensor is enabled at
vents; each start-up and in any case when the
INDEX
❒ compressor activation; user presses one of the AUTO buttons.

❒ air recirculation.
54
Controls fig. 43
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
A - air distribution buttons (on driver and
passenger side);
B - knob for adjusting temperature on
DEVICES
SAFETY
the left side;
C - automatic operation button (AUTO);
D - climate control data display;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
E - knob for adjusting temperature on
the right side;
F - rear window/door mirrors heating
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
on/off button;
G - MAX-DEF function button (fast de-
frosting/demisting function for wind-
EMERGENCY
screen, heated rear window and door
IN AN
mirrors); A0F0155m
fig. 43
H - buttons for adjusting the fan speed;
I - OFF button to disable climate control;
CAR
L - air recirculation on/off button;
M - climate control compressor on/off button;
TECHNICAL
N - passenger’s compartment temperature sensor
INDEX
55
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE AIR TEMPERATURE HI function (HIGH)
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
CONTROL SYSTEM ON ADJUSTMENT KNOBS (maximum heating power)
AND
The system can be turned on by press- Turning the knob knurled rings (B/E), It is switched on by setting a tempera-
ing any button (except (, v and clockwise or counter-clockwise, respec- ture of more than 32°C on the display,
OFF); it is however advisable to set the tively highers or lowers the temperature and can be switched on independently
DEVICES
SAFETY
required temperatures on the display of the air required respectively in the left from the driver’s or passenger’s side,
and then to press the AUTO button. zone (knob B) or right zone (knob E) or both of them; this setting brings the
of the passenger compartment. The tem- system to the “one-zone” mode and it
The climate control system allows to per-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
peratures set are shown on the display is shown by both displays.

sonalise required temperatures (driver and
D. This functions can be switched on when
passenger).
Turning the knob knurled rings fully you wish to heat the passenger com-
clockwise or counter-clockwise until they partment as quickly as possible, by tak-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
reach the extreme selections HI or LO, ing the greatest advantage from the sys-
the maximum heating or cooling func- tem potential.
tions are respectively engaged. The function uses the maximum tem-
EMERGENCY
perature of the heating fluid, whereas

IN AN
air distribution and fan speed are con-

trolled automatically by the system.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
56
This function should not be ac- LO function (LOW) With the function switched on, howev-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
tivated when the engine is cold, (highest cooling power) er, all the manual settings can be made.
AND
to prevent air not warm enough To switch the function off, you only need
It is switched on by setting a tempera-
from entering the passenger to turn the ring of knob B/E of the tem-
ture lower than 16°C on the display;
compartment. perature set to a value greater than
this setting is shown on the display. This
DEVICES
SAFETY
16°C; the opposite display will show
With the function switched on, howev- function can be switched on when you
16°C.
er, all the manual settings can be made. wish to cool the passenger compartment
To switch the function off, you only need as quickly as possible, by taking the Pressing button AUTO, the display will
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
to turn the ring of knob (B or E) of the greatest advantage from the system po- show a temperature of 16°C and re-
temperature set to a value lower than tential. turns to an operating condition with au-
32°C; the opposite display will show tomatic temperature adjustment.
The function cuts off air heating, switch-
32°C.
es on both internal air recirculation (to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Pressing button AUTO, the display will prevent hot air from entering the com-
show a temperature of 32°C and re- partment) and the climate control com-
turns to an operating condition with au- pressor, brings air distribution to ¯/˙
tomatic temperature adjustment. and the fan speed is controlled auto-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
matically by the system.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
57
AUTOMATIC OPERATION Will also go off if the system (specially FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(AUTO BUTTON) when compressor is turned off manual-
AND
Press buttons +/– to increase or to de-

ly) cannot reach or cannot keep the re-
Pressing button AUTO (front and rear crease the fan speed.
quired temperature.
controls) the displays will show AUTO The fan speed is shown by the lit bars on
and the system will automatically ad-
DEVICES
the display:
SAFETY
just:
WARNING ❒ min fan speed = one bar lit;
❒ fan speed;
It is inadvisable to use ❒ max fan speed = 6 bars lit;
CORRECT USE
❒ air distribution in passenger com-

OF THE CAR
air recirculation on At starting, if climate control system is

partment; rainy/cold days as it would operating in automatic mode, the fan
❒ air recirculation; considerably increase the pos- speed is kept at minimum until the en-
sibility of windows misting up
LIGHTS AND
❒ compressor;
MESSAGES
gine has started.

WARNING
inside.
and it will cancel all the previous man- With compressor on and engine running,
ual adjustments. the fan speed cannot fall below the min.
speed.
EMERGENCY
Wording AUTO will disappear from the

IN AN
display of the involved area (driver or The fan can be cut off (all bars off) on-
front passenger side) when performing ly if the climate control compressor has
whatever operation (excluding temper- been switched off by pressing button √.
ature change. To restore automatic fan speed control

CAR
after a manual adjustment, press but-

tons AUTO.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
58
QUICK FRONT WINDOW The MAX-DEF function activates the fol- IMPORTANT If the engine is not
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING lowing operations: warm enough, the function will not en-
AND
(MAX-DEF function) gage the predefined fan speed imme-
❒ rear panel turning off (for ver-
diately, to limit the flow to the passen-
Pressing button - the climate control sions/markets, where provided);
ger compartment of air that is not warm
automatically activates timed operation ❒ air flow increase;
DEVICES
SAFETY
enough to demist the windows.
of all the functions required to quicken
demisting/defrosting of the windscreen ❒ air distribution at DEF; Pressing again one of the following but-
and front side windows and, on certain ❒ outside air intake; tons: v, √, AUTO or - the system
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
versions, windscreen demisting in the switches off the MAX-DEF function, re-
windscreen wiper area. ❒ compressor activation; suming the system operating conditions
❒ AQS function deactivation (where prior to turning it on, in addition to ac-
The MAX-DEF can be turned on also with tivating the last function required, if any.
engine off. When this function is on the provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
circular led around the button will turn ❒ rear window heating activation. IMPORTANT Do not activate the
on. MAX-DEF function with the engine off to
When the MAX-DEF function is on, the prevent running down the battery.
only manual operations possible are
EMERGENCY
IN AN
manual adjustment of the fan speed and
switching heated rear window off.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
59
HEATED REAR WINDOW CLIMATE CONTROL Temperature detection (compressor off
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND DOOR MIRROR COMPRESSOR ON/OFF and outside temperature higher than set
AND
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING temperature) is activated each time the

Press button √ to turn the compressor electronic key is fitted into the ignition
Press button ( to activate the demist- on: when climate control compressor is device.
ing/defrosting function: when this func- on the circular led around the button will
DEVICES
SAFETY
tion is on, the circular led around the but- turn on. Compressor will stay on also af-
ton will turn on. ter turning the engine off.
WARNING
On certain versions, turning this function To turn the compressor off press again
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button √. Operation of the cli-

on will also activate windscreen de-
mate control compres-
frosting in the windscreen wiper area. With compressor off, the system will sor is necessary for cooling
This function is timed and switches off check whether outside temperature is and dehumidifying the air; it is
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
automatically after few minutes, or by higher or lower/same as the set one: advisable to keep this function
pressing again the button or by turning ❒ if outside temperature is lower than always on, to prevent window
the engine off. It will not be switched the set one, the system will oper- misting problems.
on automatically when restarting the en- ate regularly also with compressor
EMERGENCY
gine.
IN AN
off;
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on ❒ if outside temperature is higher than
the inside of the rear window over the the set one, the system will not be
heating filaments to avoid damage that able to keep the required condition,
CAR
might cause it to stop working properly. the set temperature values will then
start to flash on the display.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
60
AIR DISTRIBUTION A Air flow to the windscreen and front AIR RECIRCULATION AND
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
SELECTION side window vents to demist or de- AQS FUNCTION
AND
frost them. (AIR QUALITY SYSTEM)
Pressing buttons A/S/D you can
manually choose one of the 7 possible A Splitting of the air flow between the ON/OFF (where provided)
modes for air distribution inside the com- D central/side dashboard vents and
DEVICES
SAFETY
partment: windscreen and side window defrost- Inside air recirculation is controlled ac-
ing/demisting vents. This type of air cording to the following operating log-
DFlow of air to the dashboard centre distribution allows satisfactory venti- ics:
and side outlets (passenger’s body).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
lation of the passenger compartment ❒ automatic control, indicated by but-
D Splitting of the air flow between the while preventing possible misting of ton led “A”;
S vents to the lower part of the pas- the windows.
senger compartment (warmest air) ❒ forced switching on (inside air recir-
A Splitting of the air flow between culation always on), indicated by the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and the dashboard centre and side D
outlets (coolest air). S all vents. turning on of the circular led around
the button;
S Air flow towards the lower part of the To restore automatic air distribution con-
passenger compartment. This type of ❒ forced switching off (air recirculation
EMERGENCY
trol after a manual selection, press but- always off with air inlet from the out-
IN AN
distribution allows heating of the pas- ton AUTO.
senger compartment in the shortest side), indicated by the turning off of
time. the circular led around the button.
A Splitting of the air flow between With A.Q.S. (Air Quality System - where
CAR
S windscreen and front side window provided), the operating logic is se-
demisting/defrosting vents and the quential when pressing button v.
lower part of the passenger com-
TECHNICAL
partment. This type of air distribu-
tion allows satisfactory heating of
the passenger compartment while
preventing possible misting of the
INDEX
windows.
61
IMPORTANT The inside air recircula-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS In certain weather con- With the outside tem-
tion system makes it possible to reach
AND
ditions (e.g. outside perature below -1°C the

the required heating or cooling condi- temperature around climate control compres-
tions faster. It is however inadvisable to 0°C) and with automatic air re- sor is unable to work. It is
use it on rainy/cold days as it would circulation control on, mist may therefore inadvisable to use the
DEVICES
considerably increase the possibility of

SAFETY
form on the windows. In this inside air recirculation function

the windows misting inside, especially case press button v to with low outside temperature
if the climate control compressor is off. switch off recirculation and if as windows may mist over
It is advisable to turn on the inside air
CORRECT USE
necessary press button + to in- quickly.

OF THE CAR
recirculation system in queues or tunnels crease the flow of air to the

to avoid admitting polluted air from out- windscreen.
side. The prolonged use of this function
should however be avoided, especially
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
with several persons on board, to avoid

the possibility of the windows misting
inside and to ensure air change.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
62
AQS function ACTIVATED CARBON
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Failure to replace the fil-
(Air Quality System) POLLEN FILTER
AND
ter may considerably re-
(where provided) duce the effectiveness of
The car is fitted with activated carbon
The AQS function turns on automatical- pollen filter. The filter has the specific ca- the climate control system up to
ly air recirculation when it detects the pability of admitting to the passenger blocking the air flow from the
DEVICES
SAFETY
presence of polluted air (e.g. in queues compartment purified air, free from par- outlets and vents.
and tunnels). ticles such as dust, pollen, etc. The fil-
tering action takes place under all air in-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT With AQS function on, let conditions and it is clearly most ef-
after a preset time with recirculation on, fective with the windows shut.
the compressor will enable outside air
inlet (for about 1 minute) to change air Have the conditions of the filter checked
by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services at
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
inside the passenger compartment, re-
gardless of outside air pollution level. least once a year, preferably at the on-
set of summer. If the car is used main-
IMPORTANT The AQS function is dis- ly in polluted or dusty areas it should be
EMERGENCY
abled when the outside temperature is checked and if necessary replaced at
IN AN
cold to prevent window misting up. To shorter intervals than specified in the
reactivate this function, press button Service Schedule (see section “Car
v. Led “A” on button v will Maintenance”).
turn on to indicate that the function is
CAR
on.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
63
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE ADDITIONAL
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS After connecting/discon-
CONTROL SYSTEM OFF
AND
necting the battery, HEATER (diesel

Press OFF button. The circular led around wait for 3 minutes at
the button turns on, signalling the OFF least before fitting the elec- versions only)
state. tronic key into the ignition de- (for versions/markets,
DEVICES
SAFETY
vice in order to allow the cli- where provided)

With climate control system off: mate control system control unit
❒ the system stores performed opera- to reset the positions of the The car is fitted with an additional heater
CORRECT USE
electric actuators that adjust air

OF THE CAR
tions; that supports the engine during cold or

temperature and distribution. winter weather to quickly reach a com-
❒ the display is off;
fortable temperature in the passenger
❒ air recirculation is active (button led compartment.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
on);
WARNING
The additional heater works with the en-

❒ compressor is active; gine running when the outside temper-
❒ ventilation is off. ature is below 20°C and the engine has
EMERGENCY
not yet reached normal operating tem-

IN AN
To turn the climate control system on perature.

again press button AUTO or any other
button (excluding ( and v). Turn-
ing the climate control system on again,

air recirculation will be again controlled
CAR
automatically.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
64
EXTERNAL LIGHTS Direction indicators
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Push the stalk to (stable) position:
LEFT-HAND STALK fig. 44 ❒ up: to turn the right-hand direction
indicator on;
The left-hand stalk control almost all ex-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ternal lights. ❒ down: to turn the left-hand direc-
tion indicator on.
The external lights can only be switched
Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flash-
CORRECT USE
on with electronic key fitted into ignition
OF THE CAR
A0F0064m
fig. 44
device. ing on the instrument cluster at the
Main beam headlamps same time.
Lights switched off Indicators are switched off automatical-
When the knurled ring A is at 2 pull
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ly when the steering wheel is straight-
WARNING
Knurled ring at O. the stalk towards the steering wheel (2nd
unstable position). The warning light ened.
Sidelights 1 on the instrument panel will turn on. If you want to show that you are about
Turn the knurled ring A to 6. The warn- to change lane, move the left-hand stalk
EMERGENCY
To turn the main beams off, pull again
IN AN
ing light 3 on the instrument panel the stalk towards the steering wheel (2nd to unstable position. The required direc-
will turn on. unstable position). tion indicator will flash 3 times and then
it will turn off automatically.
Dipped beam headlamps Flashing the headlights
CAR
Turn the knurled ring A to 2. The warn- Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
ing light 2 on the instrument panel will (1st unstable position) regardless of the
turn on. position of the knurled ring A. The warn-
TECHNICAL
ing light 1 on the instrument panel
will turn on.
INDEX
65
“FOLLOW ME HOME” AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS Deactivation
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
DEVICE SENSOR (daylight sensor)
AND
As a result of the sensor control, the

This function allows the illumination of (for versions/markets, dipped beam headlights will switch off
the space in front of the car for a pre- where provided) and, after a few seconds, sidelights will
set period of time. It detects the changes of the external switch off too. The sensor is not able
DEVICES
SAFETY
light intensity of the car according to the to detect the fog presence, lights shall
Activation light sensitivity set: the greater the sen- therefore be switched on manually.
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel sitivity is, the smaller the amount of ex-
CORRECT USE
Failure warnings
OF THE CAR
within 2 minutes from when the engine ternal light necessary to control the
is turned off. switching-on of the external headlights Headlight sensor failure is shown by a
will be. dedicated message on the display (see
At each single movement of the stalk, section “Warning lights and mes-
The daylight sensor sensitivity can be ad-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
the staying on of the lights is extended

WARNING
justed through the “Setup Menu” of the sages”).

by 30 seconds up to a maximum of 3.5
minutes; then the lights are switched off display (see “Reconfigurable multifunc-
automatically. tion display” in this section).
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Each time the stalk is operated, the 3 Activation

warning light turns on together with the
message on the display (see section Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 44 to 2 A:
in this way, the automatic activation of
“Warning lights and messages”).

the side/taillights and dipped beam
CAR
Deactivation headlights is simultaneously enabled ac-

cording to outside brightness.
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-
With lights switched on automatically
TECHNICAL
ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

and in the presence of a switching off
control by the sensor, the main beams
will be switched off first and a few sec-
onds after also the sidelights.
INDEX
66
Parking lights
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
These lights can be turned on, with in-
strument panel off, by pressing button
C. When pressing the button a warn-
ing buzzer will sound and the instrument
DEVICES
SAFETY
panel warning light 3 will turn on .
Press the button again to turn the lights
off.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0061m A0F0100m
fig. 45 fig. 46
With parking lights on, move the exter-
DASHBOARD BUTTONS nal lights left-hand stalk upwards or Hazard lights
fig. 45 downwards to select on which side These lights are turned on by pressing
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(right or left) the lights must stay on. In button A-fig. 46.
Front fog lights this event warning light 3 will turn
off. When these lights are on, the switch
To turn front fog lights on, press button flashes and warning lights Î and ¥ on
A; to activate these lights it is necessary Moving the left-hand stalk to middle po-
EMERGENCY
the instrument panel will turn on at the
IN AN
to have the side/taillights switched on. sition will turn on the four parking lights same time.
The instrument panel warning light 5 and the number plate light.
will turn on. Press the button again or turn Press switch A again to turn the lights
side/taillights off to turn the lights off. off.
CAR
Rear fog lights
To turn rear fog lights on, press button WARNING
TECHNICAL
B. The instrument panel warning light 4 Use of the hazard
will turn on. To turn the lights off, press warning lights is ruled
the button again or turn dipped beams by the Highway Code of the
or front fog lights off or turn the engine country in which the car is
off. used. Observe regulations.
INDEX
67
WINDOW WASHING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS Never use the window
wiper to remove ice or
AND
snow from the wind-

RIGHT-HAND STALK screen. In these conditions, the
Right-hand stalk fig. 47 controls wind- wiper is submitted to excessive
DEVICES
SAFETY
screen washer/wiper and rear window effort that results in motor pro-
washer/wiper operation. tection cutting in and wiper op-
eration inhibition for few seconds
With external lights on, activating the
CORRECT USE
as a consequence. If operation is
OF THE CAR
A0F0066m
fig. 47
windscreen washer will also activate the not restored contact Alfa Romeo
headlight washer, if provided. 2: continuous slow Authorized Services.
Windscreen washer/wiper 3: continuous fast
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The stalk can be moved to five different 4: fast temporary (unstable position)
positions: Operation in position 4 is limited to the
0: windscreen wiper off; time the stalk is held in this position.
EMERGENCY
When the stalk is released, it returns

IN AN
1: intermittent. to position 0 automatically stopping the

With the stalk in position 1, turning the wiper.
knurled ring A four possible intermittent

CAR
speeds are obtained:

■ = slow intermittent
■ = intermittent medium
TECHNICAL
■ = intermittent medium-fast
■ = fast intermittent
INDEX
68
“Smart washing” function The rain sensor is activated automatical-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ly moving the right-hand stalk to position
AND
Pulling the stalk towards the steering
1-fig. 47 and it has a range of adjust-
wheel (unstable position) operates the
ment that gradually varies between wiper
windscreen washer.
stationary (no wiping) when the wind-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Keeping the stalk pulled with just one screen is dry, to wiper at second speed
movement it is possible to operate the (continuous, medium) with heavy rain.
washer jet and the wiper at the same
Turning the knurled ring A-fig. 47 it
time; the wiper actually comes into op-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 48 A0F0227m
is possible to increase the sensitivity of
eration automatically when the stalk is
the rain sensor, obtaining a quicker
pulled for more than half a second. RAIN SENSOR change from stationary (no wiping)
The wiper stops working 3 strokes after (for versions/markets, when the windscreen is dry, to first con-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
releasing the stalk; a further stroke af- where provided) tinuous speed (continuous, slow). This
ter about 6 seconds will complete the action is confirmed by one wiping
The rain sensor A-fig. 48, located be-
wiping operation. stroke.
hind the driving mirror, is an electronic de-
vice combined with the windscreen wiper Operating the windscreen washer with
EMERGENCY
IN AN
which has the purpose of automatically the rain sensor activated (stalk at posi-
adjusting the number of wipes during in- tion 1-fig. 47) the normal washing
termittent operation, to intensity of the cycle is performed at the end of which
rain. All the other functions controlled by the rain sensor resumes its normal au-
CAR
the right-hand stalk remain unchanged. tomatic function.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
69
Removing the electronic key from the IMPORTANT In the event of rain sen- Failure warnings
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ignition device, the rain sensor is deac- sor failure, windscreen wiper operation
AND
Sensor failure is indicated by a dedicat-

tivated and the next time the engine is with right-hand stalk at 1-fig. 47 is in-
ed message on the display (see section
started it will not be reactivated even if termittent. If failure takes place during
the stalk has remained in position 1- automatic operation, the system will
DEVICES
fig. 47. In this case to activate the rain keep the last wiper operating condition.
SAFETY
sensor, simply move the stalk to 0 or 2 Moving the stalk to other positions, op-
and then back to 1. eration is however guaranteed.
Rain sensor shall be de-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
When the rain sensor is reactivated in The rain sensor is able to recognize and
this way, the wiper performs one stroke, automatically adjust itself in the pres- activated when washing
even if the windscreen is dry, to indicate ence of the following particular condi- the car at automatic car-
that reactivation has occurred. tions: wash.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ impurities on the controlled surface

(salt, dirt, etc.);
❒ difference between day and night. Make sure the rain sen-
EMERGENCY
sor is deactivated if
IN AN
there is ice on the wind-

screen.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
70
Rear window washer/wiper
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Streaks of water could
AND
cause non-required blade Pulling the stalk towards the steering
movements. wheel (unstable position) operates the
rear window washer and wiper. Release
the stalk to stop operation.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Turning the knurled ring B-fig. 47 from
WARNING ON/OFF to & obtains rear window
Make sure the device is wiper intermittent operation.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0046m
fig. 49
off when cleaning the
windscreen. HEADLIGHT WASHERS
fig. 49
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
where provided)
Headlight washers are visible and are fit-
ted with a nozzle for each external light
EMERGENCY
IN AN
function. They come into operation au-
tomatically when operating the wind-
screen washer with external lights
turned on.
CAR
IMPORTANT Check at regular inter-
vals correct operation and cleanness of
TECHNICAL
nozzles.
INDEX
71
CRUISE CONTROL TO MEMORISE SPEED
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
(for versions/markets, Proceed as follows:
where provided)
❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50
to Ü and press the accelerator ped-
GENERAL
DEVICES
al to the required speed;

SAFETY
The speed regulator (CRUISE CON-

❒ push the stalk upwards (+) or down-
TROL), with electronic control, makes
wards (–), then release it: car speed
it possible to drive the car at the required
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 50 A0F0095m
is memorised and it is therefore pos-
speed, without pressing the accelerator
sible to release the accelerator ped-
pedal. This reduces driving fatigue dur- DEVICE ENGAGEMENT al.
ing long journeys (specially on high-
ways) because the speed memorised is Turn knurled ring A-fig. 50 to Ü. In the case of need (when overtaking
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
automatically maintained. The device cannot be engaged in first for instance) acceleration is possible sim-
speed or reverse. It is recommended to ply pressing the accelerator pedal: re-
IMPORTANT The device can only be
engage it in 4th or higher speeds. Trav- leasing the accelerator pedal, the car will
engaged at speeds between 40 and
return to the speed memorised previ-
EMERGENCY
190 km/h. elling downhill with the device engaged,

IN AN
the car speed may increase more than ously.

the memorised one.
When the device is activated the in-
strument panel warning light Ü turns

CAR
on (on certain versions together with a

message on the display) (see section
TECHNICAL
INDEX
72
TO RESET THE MEMORISED TO INCREASE THE TO REDUCE MEMORISED
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
SPEED MEMORISED SPEED SPEED
AND
If the device has been disengaged for The speed memorised can be increased The speed memorised can be increased
example pressing the brake or clutch in two ways: in two ways:
pedal, the memorised speed can be re-
DEVICES
❒ pressing the accelerator and then ❒ disengaging the device and then
SAFETY
set as follows: memorising the new speed;
memorising the new speed reached;
❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a or
or
speed approaching the one memo-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
rised; ❒ moving the stalk upwards (+). ❒ moving the stalk downwards (–) un-
til reaching the new speed which will
❒ engage the gear selected at the time Each operation of the stalk will corre-
be memorised automatically.
of speed memorising (4th or high- spond to a slight increase in speed
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
er gear); (about 1.5 km/h), while keeping the Each operation of the stalk will corre-
stalk upwards will correspond to a con- spond to a slight decrease in speed
❒ press button RES (set at stalk end). (about 1.5 km/h), while keeping the
tinuous speed increase.
stalk downwards will correspond to a
EMERGENCY
continuous speed decrease.
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
73
DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT Automatic Cruise Control
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS WARNING
deactivation
AND
The device is disengaged in one of the In the event of device

following cases: The Cruise Control is temporarily deac- malfunction or failure,
tivated when the ABS or VDC systems turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50
❒ turning the knurled ring A-fig. 50
come into operation (above a max. pre- to O and contact Alfa Romeo
DEVICES
to O;
SAFETY
set time): in this case the last set speed Authorized Services after
❒ turning the engine off or removing will stay memorised, to recall it press checking the protection fuse in-
the electronic key from the ignition button RES. tegrity.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
device;
In the event of Cruise Control or engine
❒ pressing the brake pedal, pressing control system failure, the device is de-
the clutch pedal (in these cases the activated until removing the electronic
last stored speed will stay memo- key from the ignition device. In this
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
rised, to resume it press button event contact Alfa Romeo Authorized WARNING
RES); Services. When travelling with
❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in this
the device on, never
The device is automatically deactivated
set the gearshift lever to neu-
EMERGENCY
case the system is disengaged only when operating accidentally or incor-

IN AN
temporarily; device operation will be

tral.
rectly the stalk, the knurled ring A or
resumed automatically when re- button RES: in this event to reactivate
leasing the pedal; the device: bring the car to the required
❒ with car speed below the preset lim- speed and then move the stalk upwards
CAR
it (in these cases the last stored (+) or downwards (–).

speed will stay memorised, to re-
sume it press button RES);
TECHNICAL
INDEX
74
CEILING LIGHTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
fig. 51
DEVICES
SAFETY
Press button:
A: to turn on/off the left courtesy light;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0225m A0F0075m
B: to turn on/off the central light; fig. 51 fig. 52
C: to turn on/off the right courtesy IMPORTANT Leaving inadvertently a PUDDLE LIGHT
light. door open, the ceiling lights and the pud-
The door light A-fig. 52, turns on
LIGHTS AND
dle lights will turn off automatically af-
MESSAGES
WARNING
Keeping pressed button B will turn off when opening the door regardless of the
all ceiling lights. Turning off is also indi- ter a few minutes. To turn them on
electronic key position.
cated by the sound of a buzzer. To turn again, open another door or close and
open again the same door. With the door open it will stay on for
these lights on again press briefly but-
EMERGENCY
about 3 minutes, then it turns off auto-
ton B.
IN AN
matically.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
75
In the following table are summarised the causes that make front/rear ceiling lights turn on/off and their turning on/off
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
mode:
AND
Cause Ceiling lights turning on/off mode

DEVICES
SAFETY
Opening one of the doors Light turning on for a few minutes. This timed operation will be
reactivated each time a door is opened
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Closing all the doors With electronic key removed from ignition device:
ceiling lights will stay on for other 10 seconds.
This timed operation is stopped when refitting
the electronic key into the ignition device
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Starting the engine: light will turn off

WARNING
Removing the electronic key from the ignition device Light turning on for about 10 seconds
Locking the doors Light turning off

EMERGENCY
IN AN
Unlocking the doors Light turning on for about 10 seconds
Cutting in of the fuel cut-off switch Light turning on for a few minutes. Reactivating the
fuel cut-off switch will turn off the ceiling light.

CAR
In all the cases tabulated above, lights turning on/off is gradual, for 2 seconds.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
76
CONTROLS These two safety switches therefore pre-
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
vent dangerous fuel leaks due to fuel
AND
line cracking, and sparks or electric dis- If, after a crash, you
charges due to damaging or malfunc- smell fuel or see leaks
POWER SUPPLY AND FUEL from the fuel system, do not
CUT-OFF SWITCHES tioning of the electric components of the
reset the switches to avoid
DEVICES
SAFETY
car in the event of a crash.
The car is fitted with a safety switch that fire risk.
in the event of a crash comes into op- IMPORTANT After a crash, remem-
eration by cutting off fuel and turning ber to remove the key from the ignition
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
off the engine as a consequence. device to prevent battery run-down.
Certain versions are equipped with an
additional safety switch that in the event
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
of a crash comes into operation by cut-
WARNING
ting off the power supply.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
77
Door unlocking in the event of
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS WARNING
a crash
AND
If central door locking

In the event of a crash that triggers the has been activated
fuel cut-off switch, the doors will unlock from inside the car and after a
automatically to enable getting into the crash the fuel cut-off switch
DEVICES
SAFETY
car and at the same time the passen- cannot activate automatic door
ger’s compartment light will turn on. It unlocking, it will not be pos-
is however always possible to open the sible to get into the car. In any
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
doors from the passenger’s compart- case, door opening from the fig. 53 A0F0221m
ment by means of the internal door han- outside depends on door con-
dles. If, after a crash no fuel leaks or ditions after the crash: if a Resetting the fuel cut-off
damages to the electric devices (e.g. door is badly damaged it will switch
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
headlights) are found and the car can

WARNING
be impossible to open it. In this

be started again, reset the fuel cut-off event try to open one of the WARNING
switch and the power supply cut-off other doors. Before resetting the fu-
switch (for versions/markets, where
el cut-off switch care-
EMERGENCY
provided). Follow the instructions given

IN AN
fully inspect the car for fuel

below.
leaks or damages to electric
devices (e.g. headlights).
CAR
To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press but-

TECHNICAL
ton A-fig. 53.

INDEX
78
❒ operate the retaining clips A-fig.
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
54 and remove the protection cov-
AND
er B;
❒ press button C-fig. 55 to reset the
power supply.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0126m A0F0071m
fig. 54 fig. 55
Resetting the power supply The switch is located inside the fuse box
cut-off switch at battery positive terminal.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To reset the power supply cut-off switch,
where provided)
proceed as follows:
❒ press button A-fig. 53 to reset the
EMERGENCY
WARNING fuel cut-off switch;
IN AN
Before resetting the ❒ open the bonnet;
power supply cut-off
switch carefully inspect the car
for fuel leaks or damages to
CAR
electric devices (e.g. head-
lights).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
79
INTERIOR FITTINGS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
CENTRAL ARMREST
The central armrest is located between
DEVICES
SAFETY
the front seats. Inside the armrest is

housed an air-conditioned food box (for
versions/markets, where provided)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0039m A0F0141m
(see next paragraph). fig. 56 fig. 57
Oddment compartment Air-conditioned food box

To open the oddment compartment,
where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
press button A-fig. 56 and raise the

cover B. The food box is located inside the cen-
tral armrest. Turn wheel A-fig. 57 to
adjust the air flow inside the food box.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
IMPORTANT Function of the food

box is to keep the temperature of the
drinks placed inside it; drinks shall be
warmed or cooled as required before be-

CAR
ing put inside the food box.

TECHNICAL
Pay attention not to

spill the drinks into the
food box.
INDEX
80
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0139m A0F0142m A0F0149m
fig. 58 fig. 59 fig. 60
REAR ARMREST Ski compartment GLOVE COMPARTMENT

To use the armrest A-fig. 58 lower it This compartment can be used for car- To open the glove compartment use lever
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
as shown in the figure. rying long loads. A-fig. 60. When opening the glove
compartment, the courtesy light inside it
To have access to this compartment,
will turn on. Leaving inadvertently open
lower the armrest, pull the tab
the glove compartment, this light will turn
EMERGENCY
A-fig. 59 of the lid, then lower it on
IN AN
off automatically after a few minutes. The
the armrest.
folding top is also provided with a recess
for a pen or a pencil.
CAR
Do not travel with the
glove compartment open;
it could harm the pas-
TECHNICAL
senger in the event of an acci-
dent.
INDEX
81
Cigar lighter IMPORTANT To safeguard the light-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ing life of certain internal devices (e.g.:
AND
It is located inside the cigar lighter. To

cigar lighter ring and ashtray), when
use the cigar lighter, lift cover A-fig.
switching on the external lights, these
61.
devices will switch on according to the
DEVICES
Press button B to switch on the cigar passenger's compartment brightness:

SAFETY
lighter with key fitted into ignition de- with enough daylight these devices will
vice. not switch on. On the contrary they will
switch on with poor daylight.
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT Always check that the

OF THE CAR
A0F0140m
fig. 61
cigar lighter has turned off.
ASHTRAY AND CIGAR
LIGHTER IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets Do not plug electric ac-
very hot. Handle it with care and make cessories with absorp-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Ashtray sure that it is not used by children: dan- tion exceeding the max.
ger of fire and/or burns. specified value. Prolonged cur-
To use the ashtray, lift cover A-fig. 61.
IMPORTANT Do not plug electric ac- rent absorption could drain the
The ashtray can be removed. Pull it up-
EMERGENCY
cessories with power exceeding 100W battery and impair next engine
wards to removeit.
IN AN
to the cigar lighter seat. start up.

IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray
as paper bin: it could set on fire on con- IMPORTANT Plugs too big could
damage the cigar lighter outlet tabs.
tact with cigarette stubs.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
82
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0101m A0F0245m A0F0264m
fig. 62 fig. 64 fig. 66
SUN VISORS
These are positioned to the sides of the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
rear-view mirror. They can swing to the
sides and up or down.
On certain versions, sun visors are fitted
EMERGENCY
on the back with a courtesy mirror and
IN AN
a light which enables to use the mirror
A0F0248m A0F0246m also with poor sunlight.
fig. 63 fig. 65
To use the mirror open cover A-fig.
ODDMENTS Rear 66.
CAR
COMPARTMENTS They are located on the central console Mirror lights will turn on automatically
fig. 64 and near the rear seats fig. when lifting the cover and they will turn
Front
TECHNICAL
65. off when lowering it or few minutes af-
They are located on the central console ter removing the electronic key from the
fig. 62 and on front doors fig. 63 ignition device.
(one per door).
INDEX
83
FIXED PANORAMA
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
ROOF
where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
It consists of a wide pane and it is fitted

with a powered sun curtain A-fig. 67
CORRECT USE
sliding longitudinally.
OF THE CAR
A0F0070m A0F0238m
fig. 67 fig. 68
SUN CURTAIN Opening/closing the sun Anti-crushing safety system

curtain
The sun curtain shall be used to adjust The anti-crushing safety system is active
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
brightness inside the passenger com- To open the sun curtain press button B- during the closing operation of sun cur-
partment and it can only be operated fig. 68 set on the front ceiling light: tain. The anti-crushing safety system will
with key fitted into ignition device. the sun curtain will slide towards the cut in when it finds an obstacle (e.g.:
back of the car. Sun curtain will open finger, hand, etc …) by guaranteeing
EMERGENCY
in 3 different "steps” to be obtained by sun curtain reversal for a short section.

IN AN
pressing repeatedly button B-fig. 68.

When an obstacle is found, the sun cur-
Sun curtain can be re-closed by pressing tain stroke is stopped immediately and
button B again. Closing takes place in their stroke is reversed to the preset po-
CAR
one “step”. sition.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
84
SUN CURTAIN ❒ remove the key from the ignition de- MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
INITIALISATION vice for 10 seconds;
AND
Sun curtain slide guides shall be cleaned
PROCEDURE ❒ refit the key and start the engine; at regular intervals to remove any for-
eign matters that could impair regular
Initialisation ❒ press the sun curtain button in clos-
sliding.
DEVICES
SAFETY
ing position and keep it pressed un-
After disconnecting the battery or failing til hearing the mechanical lock
the protection fuse, the sun curtain sys- (about 10 seconds after); IMPORTANT
tem shall be "initialised" again; proceed Clean slide guides in order to remove
CORRECT USE
❒ release the sun curtain button;
OF THE CAR
as follows (the following steps shall be any foreign matters and dust.
carried out with engine on): ❒ press again the sun curtain button in
CLOSING position within 3 seconds; Should slide guides be cleaned with sol-
❒ close the sun curtain completely: vents/oil then, grease again sliding
LIGHTS AND
❒ keep the button pressed in this po-
MESSAGES
WARNING
– if the anti-crushing safety system mechanisms, wires, cables and also the
has cut in; sition: the sun curtain will automat- sliding components like the sun curtain
ically open and close completely slide runners.
– "force" closing by keeping pressed (keep on pressing the button during
To clean the sun curtains, use common
EMERGENCY
the button in closing position; the WHOLE opening/closing cycle);
IN AN
fabric cleaning products for car uphol-
– 10 seconds after the sun curtain ❒ then, release the button; stery.
will close jerkily (during this stage,
continue to keep the button ❒ initialisation ended.
pressed);
CAR
Should the opening/closing cycle fail,
– when the sun curtain stops, re- repeat the initialisation operations from
lease the button and proceed as the beginning.
TECHNICAL
follows;
INDEX
85
DOORS If one or more doors are open by turning
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the metal insert of the electronic key, on-
AND
ly the driver’s door led will flash fast for

CENTRAL DOOR about 3 seconds.
LOCKING/UNLOCKING If the doors are closed but the tailgate
DEVICES
SYSTEM
SAFETY
is open, central locking is actuated: the

direction indicators (only for locking per-
Door locking from the outside formed by pressing button Á) and the
With the doors closed, press the elec-
CORRECT USE
driver’s door led will flash fast for about

OF THE CAR
A0F0025m
fig. 69
tronic key button Á or fit and turn the 3 seconds.
metal insert (inside the key) into the Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra- With this function active (ON) it is how-
lock of the driver’s door. Central door dionavigation System on certain ver- ever possible to unlock the door lock be
locking can only be activated if all the pressing button q (fig. 69) set on the
LIGHTS AND
sions) of the car and pressing button Ë

MESSAGES
WARNING
doors are closed. If one or more doors on the electronic key you will activate central console.
are open after pressing the electronic the function for unlocking only the dri-
key button Á the direction indicators and ver’s door (see paragraph “Reconfig- Door unlocking from the
the driver’s door led will flash fast for
EMERGENCY
urable multifunction display” in this sec- outside

IN AN
about 3 seconds. tion). Press the electronic key button Ë or, fit
and turn the metal insert (inside the
key) into the lock of the driver’s door.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
86
Door locking/unlocking from Button q will be deactivated by locking
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the inside the doors by remote control, revolving
AND
plug or automatic locking after about
Press button q (fig. 69) to lock/ un-
2.5 minutes and it will be reactivated
lock all the doors.
after pressing the key button Ë turning
DEVICES
SAFETY
The button has a round led showing the the key metal insert into the driver’s
door condition (locked or unlocked). door lock or fitting the key into the ig-
When doors are locked the button led is nition device.
on: pressing the button again will obtain
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT With centralised lock fig. 69a A0F0110m
central unlocking of the doors and turn-

enabled, pull the internal opening lever
ing off of the led. With key removed, IMPORTANT After disconnecting the
of one of the doors in order to disable
the led will turn off 2 minutes after. battery or failing the protection fuse,
the lock of all the doors. If there should
LIGHTS AND
door locking/unlocking mechanism shall
MESSAGES
WARNING
When doors are unlocked, the button be no electrical supply (burnt fusem bat-
led is off and pressing the button will ob- tery disconnected, etc.) the door lcok be “initialised” again, proceed as fol-
tain central locking of the doors. Door can be opened manually ; now being lows:
locking is activated only if all the doors that the windows cannot be opened au- ❒ close all the doors;
EMERGENCY
are perfectly closed. tomatically, in order to open or lock the
IN AN
door with the window closed, press on ❒ press remote control button Á or but-
Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra- ton q on the central console;
dionavigation System on certain ver- the window towards the inside of the
vehicle (refer to fig. 69a), in order ❒ press remote control button Ë or but-
sions) of the car it is possible to activate
to allow the window to pass from the ton q on the central console.
CAR
automatic door locking when exceeding
20 km/h (see paragraph “Reconfig- molding.
urable multifunction display” in this sec-
tion).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
87
POWER WINDOWS IMPORTANT After switching the en- IMPORTANT Keeping the door lock-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
gine off, power windows will be active ing/unlocking button on the remote
AND
for about 3 minutes and they will de- control pressed for about 2 seconds will
Power windows are fitted with anti- activate when opening a door. obtain automatic window open-
crushing safety device. The electronic ing/closing. Keep the remote control
control unit that conrols the system can IMPORTANT Power windows are pro-
DEVICES
button pressed until opening/closing the

SAFETY
detect the presence of an obstacle in the vided with “automatic continuous op-
window completely otherwise the win-
last 20 cm of the window closing stroke. eration” device for opening and closing
dow will stop at the height it has when
When an obstacle is detected, the safe- the window. Just press briefly the upper
you release the button.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ty system will stop the window and re- or lower part of the button to
verse its stroke. open/close the window automatically: For all versions, after unlocking the
press the button again (the upper or the doors, keeping the remote control but-
IMPORTANT In the event the anti- lower part of the button, it doesn't mat- ton pressed for about 2 seconds will ob-
crushing function is activated 5 times in
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
ter) to stop the window at the required tain window and sunroof (where pro-
WARNING
only 1 minute, the system will auto- height. vided) opening.

matically enter the “recovery” mode
(self-protection). To restore correct sys-
EMERGENCY
tem operation, press the control button:

IN AN
the window will close jerkily till complete The system complies
closing. If no malfunction is present, the with the forthcoming
window returns to its normal operation Standard 2000/4/ EC
automatically; otherwise contact Alfa concerning the safety of pas-

CAR
Romeo Authorized Services. sengers leaning out of the pas-

senger compartment.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
88
CONTROLS Press buttons A or B to open/close the
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
required window.
AND
Driver side
Pressing briefly one of the buttons the
On the driver’s door panel are set the window “jerks” whereas a prolonged
buttons fig. 70 for controlling, with pressing makes the window opening or
DEVICES
SAFETY
electronic key fitted into the ignition de- closing in “automatic continuous” mode.
vice: Pressing button A or B again will stop the
A: left window opening/closing; win- window in the required position.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0051m
fig. 70
dow opening or closing in “automatic
continuous” mode; Restoring procedure shall be performed
B: right window opening/closing; win- with doors closed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
dow opening or closing in “automatic
WARNING
1. open the driver’s window complete-
continuous” mode; ly and then keep the button
IMPORTANT Window automatism pressed for at least 3 seconds af-
shall be restored after replacing or dis- ter opening the window;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
connecting the battery or after replacing 2. close the driver’s window complete-
the power window control unit protec- ly and then keep the button
tion fuses. pressed for at least 3 seconds af-
ter closing the window;
CAR
3. repeat operations described at points
1 and 2 on the passenger’s window;
TECHNICAL
4. operate the windows to check for
proper intialisation.
INDEX
89
BOOT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS Improper use of the
AND
power windows can be

dangerous. Before and Boot unlocking is electric and it is dis-
during its operation ensure that abled when the car is running.
any passengers are not at risk
DEVICES
SAFETY
from the moving glass either by Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Ra-
personal objects getting caught dionavigation System on certain ver-
in the mechanism or by being in- sions) boot opening can be set by se-
lecting the option “Indep. boot” (see
CORRECT USE
jured by it directly. Always re-

OF THE CAR
A0F0271m
fig. 71
move the ignition key when get- paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction
ting out of the car to prevent the display” in this section): the boot can When unlocked, the boot can be
power windows being operated only be opened by pressing the elec- opened from outside the vehicle press-
tronic key button `. ing the electric logo (fig. 71) until it
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
accidentally and constituting a

WARNING
danger to the passengers in the Improper boot closing is indicated by snaps unlocked.
car. symbol R and a message on the dis- Tailgate raising is facilitated by the side
play (see section “Warning lights and gas shock springs.
EMERGENCY
messages”).
IN AN
Passenger’s door Opening the boot its internal light will

turn on and it will go off automatically
The passenger's door is provided with the when re-closing the tailgate. Leaving the
button for opening/closing manual- tailgate inadvertently open, the light will
ly/automatically the passenger's win-
CAR
turn off automatically after a few min-

dow. utes.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
90
OPENING BY REMOTE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
CONTROL
AND
Press the electronic key button `.
Opening is indicated by double flashing
of direction indicators.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Opening the boot with alarm on (for ver-
sions/markets, where provided), will
deactivate:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0250m A0F0251m
fig. 72 fig. 73
❒ volumetric protection;
IMPORTANT After disconnecting the EMERGENCY OPENING OF
battery or failing the protection fuse, tail- THE BOOT FROM INSIDE ❒ anti-raising protection;
LIGHTS AND
gate locking/unlocking mechanism shall
MESSAGES
❒ tailgate monitoring sensor.
WARNING
be “initialised” again, proceed as fol- To open the tailgate from the inside if
lows: the battery is flat or the electric tailgate Re-closing the tailgate will restore all the
lock is failing, proceed as follows: above functions and direction indicators
❒ close all the doors and the tailgate; will turn on for about 1 second.
EMERGENCY
❒ tilt the rear seats as described in
IN AN
❒ press remote control button Á or but- paragraph “Extending the boot” in
ton q on the central console; this section;
❒ press remote control button Ë or but- ❒ remove rear head restraints;
ton q on the central console.
CAR
❒ working inside the boot, remove cov-
er A-fig. 72 and then operate
lever B-fig. 73.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
91
BOOT CLOSING EXTENDING THE BOOT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS WARNING
AND
Lower the boot pressing the lock until When using the boot, The double rear seat enables to extend
hearing the locking click. make sure the loads do the boot totally or partially by splitting
not exceed the permitted one of the two seat section, thus ob-
IMPORTANT Before closing the boot,
weight (see “Technical specifi- taining different loading spaces accord-
DEVICES
check whether you have with you the

SAFETY
cations” chapter). Also make ing to the number of rear passengers.

ignition key since the tailgate will be
locked automatically. sure the items in the boot are
arranged properly to prevent
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
them being thrown forwards

and injuring passengers should WARNING
you brake sharply.
The addition of objects When driving at night
with heavy loads in the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
(speakers, spoilers, etc.)

WARNING
on the rear shelf or boot boot, check and adjust, if re-

lid, except those envisaged by quired, the low beams height
WARNING (see paragraph “Headlights”
the manufacturer, may prevent
Never travel with ob- in this section).
EMERGENCY
the gas filled struts at the sides

IN AN
of the boot from working prop- jects on the rear shelf

erly. to prevent them being thrown
forwards and injuring passen-
gers in case of accident or

CAR
sharp braking.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
92
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0243m A0F0244m A0F0253m
fig. 74 fig. 75 fig. 77
Removing the rear Total extension

parcel shelf
Proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Proceed as follows:
❒ move seat belts aside; check that the
❒ release both rod ends A-fig. 74 seat belt is not twisted;
supporting the rear parcel shelf B by
❒ lower completely the rear seat head
EMERGENCY
removing the eyelets C from pins D;
restraints;
IN AN
❒ release the pins E-fig. 75 set out-
❒ raise backrest retaining levers
side the shelf from their seats F on fig. 76 A0F0085m
A-fig. 76 and tilt the backrests for-
side supports, then remove the rear
ward in order to obtain a single load-
parcel shelf.
CAR
ing surface fig. 77 (when raising
lever A the “red band” B will ap-
pear).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
93
Partial extension To return the rear seat
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
back to its original position
AND
Proceed as follows:
❒ move seat belt aside; check that the Move aside the seat belts, check that
seat belt is not twisted; they are not twisted.
❒ lower completely the rear seat head
DEVICES
Raise the seat backrests and push them

SAFETY
restraint; back until hearing the locking click of

❒ raise backrest retaining lever A- both retainers; the “red band” B aside
fig. 76 and tilt the backrest for- the levers A shall no longer be visible.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0131m
fig. 78
ward (when raising lever A the “red The “red band” B actually indicates that
band” B will appear). the backrest is not properly secured. ANCHORING THE LOAD
The boot houses 4 hooks for anchoring
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ropes in order to guarantee perfect load

WARNING anchoring.
Make sure the backrest On certain versions, hooks B-fig. 78
is properly secured at
EMERGENCY
can be located on the boot sides.

IN AN
both sides (“red bands” B-fig.

76 not visible) to prevent it
moves forward in the event of
sharp braking causing injuries

WARNING
to passengers.
CAR
A heavy load that has

not been secured may
cause serious harm.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
94
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
AND
If you want to carry
reserve fuel in a can,
follow law regulations, only
using a certified can, suitably
DEVICES
SAFETY
fastened to the load securing
eyelets. Even in this way the
risk of fire is increased in the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F00010m A0F0007m
case of an accident. fig. 79 fig. 80
LUGGAGE COVER CARGO BOX

(for versions/markets, (for versions/markets,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
where provided) where provided)
The luggage cover shall be used to It is a special box fig. 80, to be used
arrange luggage and/or to carry light to house objects in the boot, that en-
objects. ables to obtain a level loading surface.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
The cover shall be secured to the two
hooks (one per side) A-fig. 79 locat-
ed in the boot.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
95
BONNET Improper bonnet closing is indicated by
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
symbol S and a message on the dis-
AND
play (see section “Warning lights and

TO OPEN THE BONNET messages”).
Proceed as follows: IMPORTANT Always check that the
DEVICES
SAFETY
bonnet is closed properly to avoid its

❒ pull lever A-fig. 81 until hearing opening while the car is travelling.
the releasing click;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0122m
❒ keep the lever B-fig. 82 pulled fig. 81
and raise the bonnet
WARNING
IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aid- Carry out operations
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
only when the car is

WARNING
ed by two gas springs. Do not tamper

with these springs and guide the bonnet stationary.
while raising it.
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Before opening the bon-

IN AN
net, check that windscreen wiper arms WARNING

are not lifted from the windscreen or the fig. 82 A0F0158m
For safety reasons the
wiper is working. bonnet must be closed
TO CLOSE THE BONNET properly to avoid its opening

CAR
Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen- while the car is travelling.

timetres from the engine compartment Therefore, always check it is
and then let it drop, ensuring that it is properly closed and the catch
TECHNICAL
fully closed and not just held in position engaged. Should you notice
by the safety catch. If the bonnet does that the catch is not perfectly
not close properly, do not push it down engaged when travelling, stop
but open it again and repeat the above the car immediately and close
INDEX
procedure. the bonnet.
96
ROOF RACK/ HEADLIGHTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
SKI RACK
ADJUSTING THE
Certain versions can be preset for in- HEADLIGHT BEAM
DEVICES
SAFETY
stalling suitable roof racks/ski racks.
Proper adjustment of the headlight
Preset hooks are located on the rear beams is of vital importance for your
spoiler A-fig. 83 at rearscreen wiper safety and comfort and also for the oth-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0097m
blade level B. fig. 83
er road users. To ensure you and other
IMPORTANT After few kilometers, drivers have the best visibility conditions
check that fastening screws are firmly when travelling with the headlights on,
tightened. the headlights must be set properly. Con-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Distribute the load even- tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to
ly and when driving, bear IMPORTANT Never exceed the max. have the headlights properly adjusted.
in mind the increased permissible loads (see ”Technical spec-
sensitivity to side wind.
EMERGENCY
ifications” section).
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
97
Control has four positions corresponding
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
to the loads given below:
AND
❒ position 0 - load: driver / driver +

front passenger;
❒ position 1 - load: driver + 3 pas-
DEVICES
SAFETY
sengers / driver + 3 passengers +

load in the boot (65 kg for 2.2 ver-
sion / 50 kg for 3.2 version);
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0226m A0F0050m
fig. 83a fig. 84
❒ position 2 - load: driver + load in the
HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE boot (290 kg for 2.2 version / 275 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT
It works with the key fitted into the ig- kg for 3.2 version); ABROAD
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
nition device and dipped beams on. ❒ position 3 - not to be used. The dipped beam headlights are adjust-
When the car is loaded, it slopes back- ed for circulation in the country in which
wards. This means that the headlight IMPORTANT Check headlight slant the car is marketed. In countries with
each time the transported load changes. opposite circulation, to avoid glaring on-
EMERGENCY
beam rises. In this case, it is necessary

coming vehicles, proceed as follows:
IN AN
to return it to the correct position.

FRONT FOG LIGHT ❒ remove headlight cover (see para-
In this event, to adjust the headlight ADJUSTMENT
slant use control A-fig. 83a set on the graph “Dipped beam headlights” in
button control panel near the steering Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services section “In an emergency”);
CAR
wheel. to have the headlights correctly adjust- ❒ move lever A-fig. 84 aside.
ed.
If the car is fitted with bixenon head-
TECHNICAL
lights, headlight aiming is electronic and

therefore control A is not present.
INDEX
98
ABS SYSTEM ABS SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
INTERVENTION
AND
The ABS exploits the
The car is fitted with ABS braking sys- tyre-road grip at the
The driver can tell the ABS system has
tem, which prevents the wheels from best, but it cannot improve it;
come into action because the brake ped-
locking when braking, makes the most you should therefore take
DEVICES
SAFETY
al pulsates slightly and the system gets
of road grip and gives the best control every care when driving on
noisier: it means that the car speed
when emergency braking under difficult slippery surfaces without tak-
should be altered to fit the type of road
road conditions. ing unnecessary risks.
surface.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
System is completed by EBD (Electron-
ic Braking Force Distribution), which dis- WARNING
tributes the braking action between front WARNING
If the ABS system cuts
LIGHTS AND
and rear wheels.
MESSAGES
WARNING
in, it is a sign that the When the ABS cuts in,
IMPORTANT To have the maximum grip between tyre and the and you feel the brake
efficiency of the braking system, it is road surface has reached the pedal pulsating, do not re-
limit: you must slow down to move your foot, but keep it
EMERGENCY
necessary a setting period of about 500
match the speed to the road
IN AN
km: during this period it is better to pressed; in doing so you will
avoid sharp, repeated and prolonged grip available. stop in the shortest amount of
brakes. space possible under the cur-
rent road conditions.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
99
FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS BRAKE ASSIST VDC SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(emergency braking
AND
ABS failure assistance)

(Vehicle Dynamics
ABS failure is indicated by the turning The system, which cannot be cut out,
Control)
on of warning light > on the instru- recognizes emergency braking (on the
DEVICES
SAFETY
ment panel (together with a message ground of the brake pedal operation The VDC system is an electronic system
on the display) (see section “Warning speed) and considerably increases the controlling the car stability in the event
lights and messages”). In this case the pressure in the brake circuit. of tyre grip loss.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
braking system is still efficient, though

without the aid of the ABS system. Brake Assist is deactivated on the ver- The VDC system is therefore particular-
sions equipped with VDC system in the ly useful when grip conditions of the
Drive carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo event of VDC system failure, indicated road surfaces changes.
Authorized Services to have the system by the turning on of warning light á on
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
checked. the instrument panel (together with a VDC SYSTEM

message on the display).
EBD failure INTERVENTION
It is indicated by the blinking of the
EMERGENCY
EBD failure is indicated by the turning

IN AN
on of warning lights > + x on the in- warning light á on the instrument pan-
strument panel (together with a mes- el, to inform the driver that the car is
sage on the display) (see section in critical stability and grip conditions.

CAR
In this case with sharp braking the rear

wheels might lock too early, with the
possibility of skidding. Drive extremely
TECHNICAL
carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have the system
checked.
INDEX
100
FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
AND
In the event of failure, the VDC system During the use of the
is automatically disconnected and the space-saver spare wheel
warning light á comes on with fixed (for versions/markets, where
light on the instrument panel (together provided), the VDC system
DEVICES
SAFETY
with a message on the display) (see sec- carries on working. However,
tion “Warning lights and messages”). In you must remind that the
this case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized space-saver spare wheel has
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 85 A0F0026m
Services as soon as possible. dimensions smaller than the
standard tyre and therefore its
TURNING THE VDC SYSTEM grip is reduced as to the oth-
ON/OFF er car tyres.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING
The VDC system is automatically acti-
vated when the engine is started. When Performance of the
travelling, to turn the VDC off press the VDC system, in terms
ASR/ VDC button on the central console of active safety should not in-
EMERGENCY
duce the driver to take point- WARNING
IN AN
for 2 seconds fig. 85. Turning off the
VDC will also turn off the ASR. Both func- less and unnecessary risks. For correct operation of
tions can be reactivated by pressing the The style of driving must in the VDC system, the
any case always be adapted to tyres must absolutely be of
ASR/VDC button.
the conditions of the road sur- the same brand and type on all
CAR
VDC system deactivation is indicated face, visibility an traffic. Road wheels, in perfect conditions
by the dedicated message on the dis- safety is always the driver’s and, above all, of type, brand
play. responsibility. and size specified.
TECHNICAL
If the VDC has been turned off when
travelling, at next engine start-up it will
turn on again automatically.
INDEX
101
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM Failure warnings ASR SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(AntiSlip Regulation)
AND
This system is an integral part of the VDC System failure is indicated by the dedi-
system and it is provided to facilitate cated message on the display (see sec- This system is an integral part of the VDC
starting on slopes: tion “Warning lights and messages”). system, it controls car drive and cuts in
❒ uphill: car at a standstill on a road automatically every time one or both dri-
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system ving wheels slip.

with a gradient higher than 6%, en-
is not a parking brake. Never get out
gine running, clutch and brake ped- According to slipping conditions, two dif-
of the car without engaging the hand-
al depressed, gearbox to neutral or ferent control systems are activated:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
brake, switching the engine off and en-

engaged gear other than reverse;
gaging the first gear. ❒ if slipping involves both driving
❒ downhill: car at a standstill on a road wheels, the ASR function intervenes
with a gradient higher than 6%, en- reducing the power transmitted by
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
gine running, clutch and brake ped- the engine;

WARNING
al depressed and reverse gear en-

gaged. ❒ if slipping involves only one driving
wheel, the ASR system cuts in au-
At pickup the VDC system control unit tomatically braking the wheel that is
EMERGENCY
IN AN
will keep brake force on wheels until slipping.

reaching the torque suitable for starting,
or in any case for about 1 second in or- The action of the ASR is particularly help-
ful in the following circumstances:
der to pass easily from the brake pedal

to the accelerator pedal. ❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to
CAR
This time elapsing without starting, the the effect of dynamic load changes
system will deactivate automatically by or excessive acceleration;
TECHNICAL
releasing gradually the brake force. ❒ too much power transmitted to the
At releasing, the typical brake disen- wheels also in relation to the condi-
gagement noise indicating that the car tions of the road surface;
is going to move will be heard.
INDEX
102
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or Switching the ASR system
DASHBOARD
WARNING
CONTROLS
frozen surfaces; on/off
AND
For correct operation of
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet The ASR system switches on automati- the ASR system, all
surface (aquaplaning). cally each time the instrument panel is tyres must absolutely be of
turned on. the same brand, size and type,
DEVICES
SAFETY
When travelling the ASR can be in normal conditions of use and
switched off by pressing briefly the at the pressure values speci-
WARNING
ASR/VDC button on the central console. fied in paragraph “Wheels” in
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The performance of the section “Technical Specifica-
system, in terms of ac- When the ASR is switched off this is tions”).
tive safety should not induce shown by the lighting up of the
the driver to take pointless ASR/VDC button led and by symbol V
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
and unnecessary risks. The
WARNING
on the display.
style of driving must in any MSR system (engine braking
If the ASR is switched off when travel-
case always be adapted to the torque control)
ling, it will turn on again automatically
conditions of the road surface,
the next time the engine is started.
EMERGENCY
visibility an traffic. Road safe- It is an integral part of the ASR system
IN AN
ty is always the driver’s re- When travelling on snowy roads with that in case of sudden gear shifting, cuts
sponsibility. snow chains, it may be helpful to turn in providing torque to the engine thus
the ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, preventing excessive driving wheel dri-
slipping of the driving wheels when mov- ve that, specially in poor grip conditions,
CAR
ing off makes it possible to obtain bet- can lead to loss of stability.
ter drive.
TECHNICAL
Failure warnings
In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR
system is automatically disconnected
and symbol V will be displayed. In this
INDEX
case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-
vices as soon as possible.
103
EOBD SYSTEM IMPORTANT After eliminating the SOUND SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(for versions/markets, inconvenience, to check the system
AND
where provided) completely, Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-

vices are obliged to run a bench test The car is fitted with sound system with
and, if necessary, road tests which may CD or MP3 CD player (for versions/
The EOBD system (European On Board markets, where provided). As concerns
DEVICES
also call for a long journey.

SAFETY
Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis sound system operation, refer to the

of the components of the car correlat- Supplement attached to this Owner
ed with emissions. Handbook.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
It also alerts the driver, by turning on the

warning light U on the instrument pan-
If when fitting the key
el (together with the message on the
into the ignition device,
display) (see section “Warning lights
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the warning light U

and messages”), when these compo-
does not turn on or if, while
nents are no longer in peak conditions.
travelling it turns on glowing
The objective is: steadily or flashing, contact
EMERGENCY
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

IN AN
❒ to keep system efficiency under con-

trol; as soon as possible. Warning
light U operation can be
❒ to warn when a fault causes emis- checked by means of special
sion levels to increase; equipment by traffic agents.

CAR
❒ to warn of the need to replace de- Always comply with the traffic
teriorated components. regulations in force in the coun-
try where you are travelling.
TECHNICAL
The system also has a diagnostic con-

nector that can be interfaced with ap-
propriate tools, which makes it possible
to read the error codes stored in the con-
INDEX
trol unit, together with a series of spe-

cific parameters for engine operation
and diagnosis. This check can also be
104 carried out by the traffic police.
ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION OF RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
CELLULAR TELEPHONES
AND
PURCHASED ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC
Radio transceiver equipment (vehicle
BY THE OWNER DEVICES mobile phones, CB radios, amateur ra-
If after buying the car, you decide to in- dio and similar equipment) shall not be
DEVICES
SAFETY
Electric/electronic devices installed af-
stall electrical accessories that require a used inside the car unless a separate aer-
permanent electric supply (alarm, satel- ter buying the car or in aftermarket shall
ial is mounted on the roof.
lite antitheft system, etc.) or accessories bear the and marking:
IMPORTANT The use of mobile
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
that in any case burden the electric sup-
ply, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser- phones, HAM radio systems or other
vices, whose qualified personnel, besides similar devices inside the passenger
suggesting the most suitable devices be- Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installa- compartment (without separate aerial)
may cause electronic systems equipping
LIGHTS AND
longing to Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo, will
MESSAGES
WARNING
tion of transceivers provided that instal-
also evaluate the overall electric absorp- lation is carried out at a specialized the car to malfunction. This could com-
tion, checking whether the car’s electric shop, workmanlike performed and in promise safety in addition to constitut-
system is able to withstand the load re- compliance with manufacturer’s speci- ing a potential hazard for the passen-
EMERGENCY
quired, or whether it needs to be inte- fications. gers.
IN AN
grated with a more powerful battery.
IMPORTANT Installation of devices In addition, transmission and reception
resulting in modifications of car charac- of these devices may be affected by the
WARNING shielding effect of the car body.
teristics may cause driving license seiz-
Take care when fitting
CAR
ing by traffic agents and also the lapse As concerns the use of mobile phones
additional spoilers, al- of the warranty as concerns defects due (GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homologa-
loy rims and non-standard to the abovementioned modification or tion , keep strictly to the mobile
wheel caps: they might reduce
TECHNICAL
traceable back to it directly or indirectly. phone manufacturer’s specifications.
ventilation of the brakes, thus
their efficiency, during abrupt Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibil-
and repeated braking, or long ity for damages caused by the installa-
downhill slopes. Make sure tion of non-genuine accessories or not
INDEX
that nothing (mats, etc.) gets recommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and
in the way of the pedals when installed not in compliance with the spec-
they are pushed down. ified requirements.
105
PARKING SENSORS ACTIVATION
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS WARNING
AND
Sensors are activated automatically, Parking manoeuvres

with electronic key fitted into the igni- however are always
Parking sensors inform the driver about tion device, when the reverse gear is en- under the driver’s responsibil-
the presence of obstacles behind the car. gaged. ity that shall always check the
DEVICES
SAFETY
Sensors will deactivate when exceeding absence of people (specially

This system is therefore an aid for the children) or animals in the ma-
driver when parking the car since it de- 18 km/h.
noeuvre space. This system is
tects obstacles out of the driver’s sight
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
When sensors are on, rear indicators will just a help for the driver but
range. sound warning signals as soon as an ob- she/he shall never reduce at-
The presence and the distance from the stacle is detected: as the distance from tention during dangerous ma-
car of an obstacle is indicated by a warn- the obstacle decreases, the acoustic noeuvres even if performed at
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
alarm becomes more frequent.

WARNING
ing buzzer - as the distance from the ob- low speed.

stacle decreases, the acoustic alarm be- When the distance between the car and
comes more frequent. the obstacle is less than 30 cm, the
acoustic alarm becomes continuous.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
The acoustic alarm will stop immediately

as distance raises. The acoustic alarm is
constant if the distance measured by
central sensors is unvaried, whereas if

CAR
this situation takes place for side sen-

sors the acoustic alarm is muted after
about 3 seconds to prevent sound indi-
TECHNICAL
cations when performing manoeuvres

near walls.
INDEX
106
BUZZER
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Repainting the bumpers
AND
The presence of any obstacle and its dis- or touch-up in the sen-
tance from the car is indicated by the sor area, if required,
buzzers installed in the rear area of the shall be carried out at Alfa
passenger compartment. Romeo Authorized Services on-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ly. Incorrect repainting may im-
pair regular operation of the
parking sensors.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0232m
fig. 86
For proper operation,
SENSORS the parking sensors shall
always be clean from
Obstacles are detected by 4 sensors lo- mud, dirt, snow or ice. When
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
cated in the rear bumper fig. 86. cleaning the sensors, take the SENSOR DETECTION RANGE
utmost care to prevent their
damaging; do not use therefore Sensors enable the system to monitor
he rear part of the car.
EMERGENCY
dry or rough clothes. Sensors
IN AN
shall be washed with clean wa- Actually their position covers the central
ter and car detergent, if re- and side areas of the rear part of the car.
quired. In washing stations,
clean sensors quickly keeping An obstacle positioned at central area is
detected at a distance less than approx.
CAR
the vapour jet/high pressure
washing nozzles at 10 cm at 1.40 m.
least from the sensors. An obstacle positioned at side area is de-
TECHNICAL
tected at a distance less than 0.6 m.
INDEX
107
TOWING TRAILERS If a failure is indicated, stop the car, turn GENERAL WARNINGS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS the engine off and then clean the sen-
AND
Sensors are reactivated automatically When parking, take the utmost care to
sors. Make sure to be far from possible
when removing the trailer cable plug. obstacles that may be set above or un-
ultrasound sources (e.g.: truck pneu-
der the sensors. Objects set close to the
matic brakes or pneumatic hammers).
car, under certain circumstances are not
DEVICES
SAFETY
If failure cause has been eliminated the detected and could therefore cause dam-
Sensors operation is de- system will resume regular operation ages to the car or be damaged.
activated automatically and message + symbol on the display
when the trailer electric Indications sent by the sensors can be
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
will turn off.

cable plug is fitted into the car altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited on
tow hook socket. If the warning light stays on, contact Al- the sensors or by ultrasound systems
fa Romeo Authorized Services to have (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneu-
the system inspected, although the sys- matic hammers) set nearby the car.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tem keeps on working. If the failure de-

tected does not impair system operation,
FAILURE INDICATIONS the system keeps on working and fail-
ure is stored in order to be then detect-
EMERGENCY
The system control unit checks every

IN AN
ed by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

system component each time the key is at next inspection.
fitted into the ignition device. Sensors
and relevant electrical connections are
then constantly monitored during sys-

CAR
tem operation.
Sensor failure is indicated by message
TECHNICAL
+ symbol on the display (see section

INDEX
108
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM - T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyre
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
pressure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In this
AND
T.P.M.S. (where provided) event, brake the car cautiously and
(for versions/markets, where provided) avoid sudden steering.
The T.P.M.S. system requires special
DEVICES
SAFETY
The car can be equipped with the IMPORTANT NOTES equipment. Consult Alfa Romeo Autho-
T.P.M.S. (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys- rized Services to know what type of ac-
Failure indications will not be stored and cessories are compatible with the sys-
tem). This system consists of a radio-fre-
CORRECT USE
therefore will not be displayed when
OF THE CAR
quency sensor, installed on each wheel tem (wheels, wheel caps, etc.). Using
turning the engine off and on again. If other accessories could cause system
(on the rim inside the tyre) that sends failure persists, the control unit will send
pressure information to the control unit. malfunctioning. Due to inflation valve
warning indications to the instrument special characteristics, use only tyre re-
LIGHTS AND
panel only after a few seconds when the
MESSAGES
WARNING
pair sealants approved by Alfa Romeo;
car is moving. other sealants could cause system mal-
WARNING Tyre pressure should be checked with functioning.
The T.P.M.S. does not tyres cold. Should it become necessary
EMERGENCY
for whatever reason to check pressure
IN AN
exempt the driver from
checking tyre pressure, includ- with hot tyres, do not reduce pressure
ing the space-saver spare although it is higher than the prescribed
wheel (for versions/markets, value but repeat the check when tyres
are cold (see section “Wheels” in sec-
CAR
where provided) at regular in-
tervals. tion “Technical Specifications”).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
109
If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system, If after repairing a punctured tyre with If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
when changing a tyre, change also the the Fix&Go automatic kit and restoring tyre and/or rim removal and refitting
AND
rubber seal of the valve and the fas- the initial conditions the flat tyre warn- operations involve special precautions;
tening ring of the sensor. Contact Alfa ing light continues to stay on, contact to prevent damages or wrong sensor re-
Romeo Authorized Services. Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. fitting, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
DEVICES
Services to have tyre and/or rim

SAFETY
Strong radio-frequency disturbances Tyre pressure could change according to

changed.
could inhibit proper TPMS system oper- outside temperature. For this reason the
ation. This condition is indicated by a T.P.M.S. system could temporarily indi-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
dedicated massage on the display. This cate low tyre pressure. In this event
indication will go off automatically as check pressure with cold tyres and re-
soon as the radio-frequency disturbance store proper inflation values if required.
ceases.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
110
In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Operation Sensor presence Failure Indication Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services operation
DEVICES
SAFETY
– – YES Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Wheel change NO YES Repair damaged
with space-saver spare wheel wheel
Wheel change NO YES Contact Alfa Romeo
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
with snow tyres Authorized Services
WARNING
Wheel change YES NO –
with snow tyres
EMERGENCY
–
IN AN
Wheel change YES NO
with others of different
size (*)
Wheel cross switching YES NO –
CAR
(front/rear) (**)
(*) Given as an alternative on the owner's manual and to be found in Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.
TECHNICAL
(**) Not crossed (tyres shall remain on the same side).
INDEX
111
AT THE FILLING DIESEL ENGINES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS The car must only be
AND
STATION If the outside temperature is very low, filled with diesel fuel for
the diesel thickens due to the formation motor vehicles, in com-
of paraffin and could clog the diesel fu- pliance with European Standard
PETROL ENGINES el filter. EN590. The use of other prod-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ucts or mixtures may irrepara-

Use only unleaded petrol. To prevent er- In order to avoid these problems, dif-
bly damage the engine with in-
rors, the diameter of the fuel tank filler ferent types of diesel are distributed ac-
validation of the warranty due
is too small to introduce a lead petrol cording to the season: summer type,
CORRECT USE
to the damage caused. In the

OF THE CAR
pump filler. Use petrol with a rated oc- winter type arctic type (mountains/cold
event of accidentally filling with
tane number (R.O.N.) not lower than areas).
another type of fuel, do not
95. If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable start the engine and empty the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
for the current temperature, mix diesel tank. If the engine has been run
WARNING
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst fuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART ad- even for only a very short time,
leads to harmful exhaust emissions, thus ditive in the proportions stated on the in addition to the tank, it is al-
contributing to air pollution. can, putting first the antifreeze in the so necessary to drain out the
EMERGENCY
tank and then the diesel fuel. whole fuel circuit.

IN AN
IMPORTANT Never use leaded

petrol, even in small amount or in an If driving or parking the vehicle for a long
emergency, as this would damage the period in cold areas/mountains, refuel
REFUELLING
catalyst beyond repair. with the diesel fuel available at local fill-
ing stations. In this situation you are al- To guarantee full tank filling, carry out
CAR
so recommended to have in the tank an two refuelling operations after the first
amount of fuel 50% higher than usable click of the fuel delivery gun. Avoid fur-
capacity. ther topping up operations that could
TECHNICAL
cause damages to the fuel system.

INDEX
112
FUEL FILLER CAP
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The fuel tank lid can only be opened
with doors unlocked and engine
switched off.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Opening
Open the flap A-fig. 87 by means of
front part (see figure), turn cap B anti-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
clockwise and extract it. The cap has a A fig. 88 A0F0130m
device C retaining it to the flap so it can-

not be lost. When refuelling, attach the EMERGENCY OPENING
cap to the flap, as illustrated. OF THE FUEL FILLER CAP
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
In case of failure, the fuel filler cap can
Closing be opened by pulling string set on the
Fit cap B in its housing and turn it clock- C B right side of the boot fig. 88.
wise until it clicks once or more, then close
EMERGENCY
A0F0299m
IN AN
the flap A. fig. 87
IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank
may cause light pressurising in the tank. WARNING
CAR
A little breathing off, while slackening Do not put naked
the cap, is absolutely normal. flames or lighted ciga-
rettes near the fuel filler hole
as there is danger of fire.
TECHNICAL
Do not bend too close to the
hole either so as not to
breathe in harmful vapours.
INDEX
113
PROTECTING THE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Since this filter physically traps particu-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(DPF) lates, it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at
AND
ENVIRONMENT regular intervals by burning carbon par-

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a me- ticles. Reclaiming procedure is controlled
chanical filter, integral with the exhaust automatically by the engine control unit
The devices for curtailing petrol engine system, that physically traps particulate
DEVICES
according to the filter conditions and the

SAFETY
emissions are the following: present in the exhaust gases of Diesel conditions of use of the car. During re-
❒ three-way catalytic converter; engines. claiming the following phenomena could
❒ Lambda sensors; The diesel particular filter has been take place: idling slight increase, fan ac-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
adopted to eliminate almost totally par- tivation, slight smoke increase, high ex-
❒ fuel evaporation system. haust temperatures. These situations
ticulates in compliance with current /
In addition, do not let the engine run, future law regulations. shall not be considered as faults and they
even for a test, with one or more spark do not affect car performance and envi-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
During normal use of the car, the engine

WARNING
plugs disconnected. ronment.

control unit records a set of data (e.g.:
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en- travel time, type of route, temperatures, Diesel particulate filter
gine emissions are the following: etc.) and it will then calculate how much clogged
EMERGENCY
❒ oxidising catalytic converter; particulates has been trapped by the fil-

IN AN
ter. When the Diesel particulate filter is

❒ exhaust gas recirculation system clogged, the display will show symbol
(E.G.R.); h and the dedicated message. In
this case keep the car running until sym-

❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).
CAR
bol h + and message turn off.
WARNING
TECHNICAL
During normal service

the diesel particulate
filter (DPF) reaches high tem-
peratures. Do not therefore
INDEX
park the car over inflammable

materials (grass, dry leaves,
pine needles, etc.): fire hazard.
114
SAFETY DEVICES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
SEAT BELTS ...................................................... 116
S.B.R. SYSTEM ................................................ 117
DEVICES
SAFETY
Ù
PRETENSIONERS ............................................... 118
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY .............................. 121
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM.... 126
FRONT AIR BAGS............................................... 128
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ............. 132
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
115
SEAT BELTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the
DEVICES
SAFETY
chest straight and rested against the seat

back.
To fasten seat belts, take the tongue A-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0083m A0F0055m
fig. 1 fig. 2
fig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,
until hearing the locking click. To unfasten the seat belts, press button When the car is parked on a steep slope
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for C. Guide the seat belt with your hand the reel mechanism may block; this is
while it is rewinding, to prevent it from normal. The reel mechanism prevents
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
a short stretch, then pull it out again

without jerking. twisting. the webbing coming out when it is jerked
or if the car brakes sharply, in a collision
WARNING
or when cornering at high speed.
EMERGENCY
The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat

IN AN
Never press button C

when travelling. belts with three anchor points and reel.
Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown
in fig. 2.
Through the reel, the belt automatically
CAR
adapts to the body of the passenger

wearing it, allowing freedom of move-
ment.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
116
IMPORTANT Correct backrest fas- S.B.R. SYSTEM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
tening is guaranteed when the “red
AND
band” A-fig. 3 aside levers B is no (Seat Belt Reminder)
longer visible. The “red band” actually The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system
indicates that the backrest is not prop- (Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a
DEVICES
SAFETY
erly secured. buzzer which, together with the turning
Ù
IMPORTANT After putting the seats on of warning light < warns the driver
back to their travelling position, restore and the front passenger to fasten the
CORRECT USE
seat belt. The buzzer can be muted tem-
OF THE CAR
the seat belt position to make them fig. 3 A0F0085m
ready for use. porarily as follows:

❒ fasten front seat belts;
WARNING WARNING ❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
device;
Remember that in the Make sure the backrest
event of a violent colli- is properly secured at ❒ wait for over 20 seconds, but less
sion, back seat passengers not both sides (red band A-fig. 3 than 1 minute, and then unfasten
one of the front seat belts.
EMERGENCY
wearing seat belts also repre- not visible) to prevent it moves
IN AN
sent a serious danger for the forward in the event of sharp This procedure will be valid until switch-
front seat passengers. braking causing injuries to pas- ing the engine off.
sengers. For permanent deactivation, contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services. The S.B.R.
CAR
system can only be reset through the
“Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Recon-
figurable multifunction display“ in section
TECHNICAL
“Dashboard and controls”).
INDEX
117
PRETENSIONERS Anything that modifies its original con- Operations which lead
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ditions invalidates its efficiency. Anything to knocks, vibrations or
AND
that modifies its original conditions in- localised heating (over

To increase the efficiency of the seat validates its efficiency. If due to unusu-
belts, the car is fitted with front preten- 100°C for a maximum of 6
al natural events (floods, sea storms, hours) in the area around the
sioners. These devices, in the event of
DEVICES
SAFETY
etc.) the device has been affected by pretensioners may cause dam-
a violent crash, rewind the seat belts a water and mud, it must necessarily be
few centimetres. In this way they en- age or trigger them. These de-
replaced. vices are not affected by vibra-
sure that the seat belt adheres perfect-
CORRECT USE
tions caused by irregularities of

OF THE CAR
ly to the wearer before the restraining

action begins. the road surface or low obsta-
WARNING cles such as kerbs, etc. Contact
The seat belt locks to indicate that the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
device has intervened; the seat belt can- The pretensioner can
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
for any assistance.

WARNING
not be drawn back up even when guid- only be used once. Af-
ing it manually. ter a collision that has trig-
gered it, have it replaced at Al-
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest LOAD LIMITERS
fa Romeo Authorized Services.
EMERGENCY
degree of protection from the action of Pretensioner validity is indi-

IN AN
To increase passenger’s safety, the front

the pretensioning device, wear the seat cated on the label located on seat belt reels contain a load limiter
belt keeping it firmly close to the chest the door. Pretensioners should which allows controlled sag in such a
and pelvis. be replaced at Alfa Romeo Au-
way as to dose the force acting on the

thorized Services as this date chest and shoulders during the belt re-
CAR
Front seat pretensioners activate only

if front seat belts are properly fitted in- approaches straining action in case of front crash.
to buckles.
TECHNICAL
A small amount of smoke may be pro-

duced. This smoke is in no way toxic and
presents no fire hazard.
INDEX
118
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
For maximum protec-
tion keep the back of
your seat upright, lean back in-
to it and make sure the seat
DEVICES
SAFETY
belt fits closely across your
Ù
chest and hips. Make sure that
the seat belts of the front and
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0104m A0F0103m
fig. 4 fig. 5 rear passengers are fastened
at all times! You increase the
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT The belt should not be risk of serious injury or death
FOR USING THE SEAT BELTS twisted. The upper part should pass over in a collision if you travel with
LIGHTS AND
the shoulder and cross the chest diago-
MESSAGES
WARNING
The driver must comply with (and have the belts unfastened.
nally. The lower part should adhere to
the vehicle occupants follow) all the lo- the pelvis fig. 5 and not the abdomen
cal legal regulations concerning the use of the passenger. Do not use any objects
of seat belts.
EMERGENCY
(pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts
IN AN
Always fasten the seat belts before start- away from the body.
ing.
Seat belts are also to be worn by ex-
pectant mothers: the risk of injury in the
CAR
case of accident is greatly reduced for
them and the unborn child if they are
wearing a seat belt. Of course they must
TECHNICAL
position the lower part of the belt very
low down so that it passes under the ab-
domen fig. 4.
INDEX
119
WARNING HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
BELTS ALWAYS IN
AND
Under no circumstances
should the components EFFICIENT CONDITIONS
of the seat belts and preten- ❒ Always use the belt with the tape taut
sioners be tampered with or and never twisted; make sure that it
DEVICES
SAFETY
removed. Any operation is free to run without impediments;

should be carried out by qual- ❒ after a serious accident, replace the
ified and authorised personnel. belt being worn at that time, even if
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0105m
fig. 6 Always contact Alfa Romeo it does not appear damaged. Always
Authorized Services. replace the seat belts if pretension-
IMPORTANT Never travel with a child
sitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin- ers have been activated;
gle belt to protect them both fig. 6. Do ❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
not fasten other objects to the body. WARNING with neutral soap, rinse and leave to
dry in the shade. Never use strong
If the belt has been detergents, bleach or dyes or other
subjected to heavy
EMERGENCY
chemical substance that might weak-

IN AN
stress, for example after an en the fibres;

accident, it should be changed
completely together with the ❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:
their correct operation is only guar-
anchors, anchor fastening

screws and the pretensioners. anteed if water does not get inside;
CAR
In fact, even if the belt has no ❒ replace the seat belt when showing
visible defects, it could have significant wear or cut signs.
lost its resilience.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
120
CARRYING The results of research on the best child Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo offers seats for
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
restraint systems are contained in the each weight group, which are the rec-
AND
CHILDREN SAFELY European Standard ECE-R44. This Stan- ommended choice, as they have been
dard enforces the use of restraint sys- designed and experimented specifical-
For optimal protection in the event of tems classified in five groups: ly for Alfa Romeo cars.
DEVICES
SAFETY
a crash, all passengers must be seated Group 0 - 0-10 kg in weight
Ù
and wearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for children. Group 0+ - 0-13 kg in weight
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
This prescription is compulsory in all EC Group 1 9-18 kg in weight WARNING
countries according to EC Directive Group 2 15-25 kg in weight With passenger’s air
2003/20/EC. bag active, never place
Group 3 22-36 kg in weight child’s seats with the cradle
Compared with adults, a child’s head is
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
proportionately larger and heavier than As it may be noted, the groups overlap facing backwards since the air
the rest of the body, while muscles and partly and in fact, in commerce it is pos- bag activation could cause to
bone structure are not completely de- sible to find devices that cover more the child serious injuries, even
than one weight group. mortal, regardless of the seri-
EMERGENCY
veloped. Therefore, in order to restraint
IN AN
them correctly in the event of a crash, ousness of the crash that trig-
All restraint devices must bear the cer-
different systems are needed than adult gered it. You are advised to
tification data, together with the control
seat belts. carry children always with
brand, on a solidly fixed label which
proper restraint systems on
must absolutely never be removed.
CAR
the rear seats, as this is the
Over 1.50 m in height, from the point most protected position in the
of view of restraint systems, children are case of a crash.
considered as adults and wear the seat
TECHNICAL
belts normally.
INDEX
121
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
SERIOUS DANGER If it
is absolutely necessary
to carry a child on the
front passenger seat
DEVICES
SAFETY
with the cradle child’s

seat facing backwards, the
front passenger’s air bags
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0106m A0F0106m
(front air bag, knees air bag, fig. 7 fig. 8
where provided, and side bag
on seat), must be deactivated GROUP 0 and 0+ GROUP 1 fig. 8
using the key switch (for ver- Babies up to 13 kg must be carried fac- Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sions/markets, where providing backwards fig. 7 on a cradle seat, children may be carried facing forwards.
ed). In this case it is absolute- which, supporting the head, does not in-
ly necessary to check the duce stress on the neck in the event of
warning light F on the front sharp deceleration.
EMERGENCY
ceiling light panel (see para- WARNING

IN AN
graph “Passenger’s front air The cradle is restrained by the car seat TThe figures are indica-
bag”) to make sure that deac- belts and in turn it must restrain the child tive for assembly pur-
tivation has actually taken with its own belts. poses only. To install the child
place. Moreover, the front restraint, refer to the instruc-

CAR
passenger’s seat shall be ad- tions supplied with the same.

justed in the most backward Child seats with Isofix attach-
position to prevent any contact ments are available for a safe
TECHNICAL
between the child’s seat and anchoring to the seat without

the dashboard. using the car seat belts.
INDEX
122
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The illustrations are in-
dicative only for as-
sembly. Assemble the seat ac-
cording to the compulsory in-
DEVICES
SAFETY
structions provided with it.
Ù
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0108m A0F0109m
fig. 9 fig. 10
GROUP 2 GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
children may be restrained directly by there are boosters allowing the seatbelt
the car belts. The only function of the to fit correctly. Fig. 10 shows proper
seat is to position the child correctly in child seat positioning on the rear seat.
relation to the belts, so that the diago-
EMERGENCY
Children taller than 1.50 m can wear
IN AN
nal part adheres to the chest and not
seat belts like adults.
to the neck and that the horizontal part
clings to the child’s pelvis and not the
abdomen fig. 9.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
123
SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats
AND
according to the following tables:

Front and rear seat
DEVICES
SAFETY
SEAT
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Group Range of weight Front Rear side

Seat with Seat with Rear
4 positions 8 positions passenger
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (*) U (*) U
Group 1 9-18 kg U (*) U (*) U

EMERGENCY
Group 2 15-25 kg U (*) U (*) U

IN AN
Group 3 22-36 kg U (*) U (*) U

CAR
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
(*) = on cars not fitted with passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat back shall be positioned perfectly upright. On cars fitted with
TECHNICAL
passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat shall be raised as much as possible.
INDEX
124
Below is a summary of the ❒ always check the seat belt is well WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
rules of safety to be followed fastened by pulling the webbing;
AND
With passenger’s air
for carrying children:
❒ only one child is to be strapped to bag active, never place
❒ the recommended position for in- each retaining system; child’s seats with the cradle
stalling child’s seat is on the rear facing backwards since the air
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ always check the seat belts do not
seat, as it is the most protected in bag activation could cause to
Ù
fit around the child’s throat;
the case of a crash; the child serious injuries, even
❒ while travelling, do not let the child mortal, regardless of the seri-
❒ if the passenger’s air bag is deacti-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
sit incorrectly or release the belts; ousness of the crash that trig-
vated always check that the
❒ passengers should never carry chil- gered it. You are advised to
warning light F on the front ceil-
dren on their laps. No-one, howev- carry children always with
ing light panel is glowing steadily to
er strong they are, can hold a child proper restraint systems on
indicate that the air bag has been
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
in the event of a crash; the rear seats, as this is the
deactivated;
most protected position in the
❒ attain to the instructions for fasten- ❒ in case of an accident, replace the case of a crash.
ing the specific child restraint system seat with a new one.
EMERGENCY
which you are using. These instruc-
IN AN
tions must be provided by the man-
ufacturer. Keep the child restraint sys-
tem installation instructions with the
car documents and this Handbook.
CAR
Never use a child restraint system
without installation instructions;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
125
PRESETTING FOR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
MOUNTING THE
AND
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
CHILD RESTRAINT
DEVICES
SAFETY
SYSTEM
This car is preset for mounting the Uni-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0174m
fig. 12
versal Isofix child restraint system, a
new European standardised system for
carrying children safely. Fig. 11 shows
an example of child restraint system.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The Universal Isofix child’s seat covers

weight group: 1.
Due to its different anchoring system,
EMERGENCY
the Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be

IN AN
anchored to the proper lower metal

brackets A-fig. 12, set on rear seat fig. 11 A0F0241m
fig. 13 A0F0190m
back. The upper belt (provided with the

child’s seat) shall be then secured to fas-

The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child
CAR
tener B-fig. 13 set on rear seat back- WARNING

seat and the special “G 0/1” seat are
rest at child’s seat height . Mount the child restraint
available from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo. system only with the car
It is possible to mount both the tradi-
TECHNICAL
For any further installation/use detail, stationary. The Universal Isofix

tional restraint system and the “Uni- child restraint system is proper-
refer to the “Instructions Manual” that
versal Isofix” one. Remember that in ly anchored to the mounting
must be provided by the child restraint
case of Universal Isofix child’s seat, you brackets when clicks are heard.
system Manufacturer.
can only use all those seats approved In any case, keep to the instal-
INDEX
with the marking ECE R44/03 “Uni- lation instructions that must be
versal Isofix”. provided by the child restraint
system Manufacturer.
126
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint sys-
tems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Ù
Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix size Isofix position
direction group side rear
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Facing forwards B IUF
Group 1 from
9 to 18 kg Facing forwards B1 IUF
Facing forwards A IUF
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved for
the weight group.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
127
FRONT AIR BAGS “SMART BAG” SYSTEM The front air bags (driver and passen-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(FRONT MULTISTAGE AIR ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-
AND
BAGS) senger) are not a replacement of but

The car is fitted with front multistage air complementary to the use of belts,
bags (“Smart bags”) for the driver and The front air bags (driver and passen- which should always be worn, as spec-
the passenger and with knees air bag ger) and knees air bags (driver and pas-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ified by law in Europe and most non Eu-

for the driver and for the passenger (for senger) have been designed to protect ropean countries.
versions/markets, where provided). the occupants in the event of head-on
crashes of medium-high severity, by plac- In case of crash, a person not wearing
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ing cushions between the occupant and the seat belt moves forward and may
the steering wheel or dashboard. come into contact with the cushion while
it is still inflating. Under this circum-
In case of crash, an electronic control stance the protection offered by the air
unit, when required, triggers the infla-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
bag is reduced.
WARNING
tion of the cushions that inflate, as a pro-

tection, between the body of the front
occupants and the structure that could
cause injuries. Immediately after, the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
cushions deflate.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
128
Front air bags may not be activated in WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the following situations:
AND
Do not apply stickers
❒ front collisions against highly de- or other objects to the
formable objects not affecting the steering wheel or to the air
car front surface (e.g. bumper colli- bag cover on the passenger’s
DEVICES
SAFETY
sion against guard rail, etc.); side or on the side roof lining.
Ù
❒ in case of wedging under other ve- Never put objects (e.g. mobile
hicles or protective barriers (for ex- phones) on the dashboard on
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0077m
ample under a truck or guard rail); passenger side since they fig. 14
could interfere with proper
❒ the air bag is not triggered as it offers passenger air bag inflation and DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG
no additional protection compared also cause serious injury. It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
with the seat belts, consequently it contained in a special recess in the cen-
would be pointless. Therefore, failure tre of the steering wheel fig. 14.
to come into action in the above cir-
cumstance does not mean that the
EMERGENCY
system is not working properly.
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
129
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
With passenger’s air bag active, never place child’s seats

with the cradle facing backwards since the air bag acti-
vation could cause to the child serious injuries, even mortal.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0078m
fig. 15
PASSENGER’S FRONT WARNING

AIR BAG
On cars fitted with front passenger’s air bag deactivation
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
It consists of an instant-inflating cush- (front air bag, knees air bag (for versions/markets,
ion contained into a special recess in the where provided) and side on seat), these air bags shall
dashboard fig. 15, this cushion has a be deactivated when placing the child’s seat on the front
volume bigger than that of the driver. passenger’s seat. Moreover, the front passenger’s seat
EMERGENCY
shall be adjusted in the most backward position to prevent any

IN AN
contact between the child’s seat and the dashboard. Even if not
compulsory by law, you are recommended to reactivate the air
bag immediately as soon as the child transport is no longer nec-
essary.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
130
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
Ù
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0079m A0F0092m A0F0062m
fig. 16 fig. 17 fig. 18
DRIVER’S AND MANUAL DEACTIVATION (for versions/markets, where provided)

PASSENGER’S KNEES AIR OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG , KNEES AIR BAG
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
BAG (for versions/markets,
WARNING
where provided) AND PASSENGER’S FRONT SIDE BAG
Knees air bag consists of an instant-in-
EMERGENCY
flating cushion housed into a special Should it be absolutely necessary to car- IMPORTANT Operate the switch on-
IN AN
compartment provided for the purpose ry a child on the front seat, the pas- ly when the engine is not running and
under the steering wheel for the driver senger’s front air bag, knees air bag (for the ignition key is removed.
fig. 16 and into the lower part of the versions/markets, where provided) and The key-operated switch has two posi-
dashboard for the passenger fig. 17, the side bag can be deactivated. Deac- tions:
CAR
to give further protection in the event of tivation/activation shall be performed
frontal crash. (with key removed from ignition device) ❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees air
using the key switch set on the right side bag (for versions/markets, where
provided) and side bag activated
TECHNICAL
of dashboard fig. 18. You can reach
the switch only if the door is opened. (position ON P): warning light F
When the door is open, the metal insert on front ceiling light panel off; it is
of the key can be inserted and removed absolutely prohibited to carry a child
in both positions. on the front seat;
INDEX
131
❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees air SIDE AIR BAGS In case of side crash, an electronic con-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
bag (for versions/markets, where trol unit, when required triggers the in-
(Side bag -
AND
provided) and side bag deactivated flation of the cushion. The cushion im-
(position OFF F): warning light Window bag) mediately inflates, placing itself as a pro-
F on front ceiling light panel on; tection, between the occupant’s body
DEVICES
SAFETY
it is possible to carry a child protected and the structure that could cause in-
The car is fitted with front side bags for
by special restraint systems on the juries. Immediately after, the cushion de-
driver and passenger for protecting the
front seat. flates.
chest and window bags for protecting front
CORRECT USE
The warning light F on front ceiling

OF THE CAR
and rear occupant’s head. Side air bags are not a replacement of
light panel stays on permanently until but complementary to the belts, which
Side bags protect car occupants from
the passenger’s air bags are reactivat- you are recommended to always wear,
side crashes of medium-high severity, by
ed. as specified by law in Europe and most
placing the cushion between the occu-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
non-European countries.
WARNING
Passenger’s air bags deactivation will pant and the internal parts of the side
not inhibit the operation of the Window structure of the car.
Bag.
Non-activation of side bags in other
EMERGENCY
types of collisions (front collisions, rear

IN AN
shunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a system

malfunction.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
132
Also in this case it is of vital importance
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
to wear the seat belts since in case of
AND
side crash they guarantee proper posi-
tioning of the occupant and prevent the
occupants to be pitched out of the car in
DEVICES
SAFETY
case of violent crashes.
Ù
IMPOTANT In the event of side crash,
you can obtain the best protection by
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0185m
fig. 20 the system keeping a correct position on
the seat, allowing thus a correct window
SIDE WINDOW BAGS - bag unfolding.
HEAD PROTECTION
IMPORTANT The front air bags
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
fig. 20
WARNING
and/or side bags may be deployed if
It is formed by two "curtain" window the car is subject to heavy knocks or
bags are located behind the side roof up- accidents involving the underbody area,
holstery and are covered by special trim-
EMERGENCY
A0F0093m such as for example violent shocks,
IN AN
fig. 19 ming. They were designed to protect the against steps, kerbs or low obstacles,
head of front and rear passengers in falling of the car in big holes or sags in
FRONT SIDE BAGS – CHEST case of side collisions, thanks to the the road.
AND PELVIS ZONE
wide cushion inflation surface.
PROTECTION
CAR
In minor side crashes (for which the re-
They are composed by two types of in- straining action of the seat belts is suf-
stant inflation cushions and are housed ficient), the air bags are not deployed.
TECHNICAL
in the back rest of the front seats fig.
19 . The task of the side air bags is to
increase protection of the occupants’
chest and pelvis zone in the event of a
side crash of medium-high severity.
INDEX
133
IMPORTANT When the airbag in- All control, repair and replacement op- WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
flates it emits a small amount of dusts. erations concerning the air bags must
AND
These dusts are harmless and is not the only be carried out c/o Alfa Romeo Never rest head, arms
beginning of a fire; then the unfold cush- Authorized Services. and elbows on the
ion surface and the car interiors can be
door, on the windows and in
If you are having the car scrapped, have the window bag unfolding
DEVICES
SAFETY
covered by a dusty remains: this dust

can irritate skin and eyes. In case of con-
the air bag system deactivated at Alfa area to prevent possible in-
tact, wash yourself using neutral soap
Romeo Authorized Services first. If the juries during the inflation
and water.
car changes ownership, the new own- phase.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
er must be informed of the method of

Expiration dates of pyrotechnic charge use of air bags and the above warnings
and coil contact are indicated on the la- and also be given this “Owner Hand-
bel located on the door. As this date ap- book”.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
proaches, contact Alfa Romeo Autho-

IMPORTANT The triggering of pre-
rized Services to have the devices re- WARNING
tensioners, front air bags and side bags
placed. Never lean head, arms
is decided in a differentiated manner ac-
IMPORTANT Should an accident oc- cording to the type of impact. The fail- and elbows out of the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
cur in which any of the safety devices is ure to deploy one or more of them does window.
activated, take the car to Alfa Romeo not mean that the system is not work-
Authorized Services to have the devices ing properly.
activated replaced and to have the sys-

CAR
tem checked.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
134
GENERAL WARNINGS WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Never travel with ob- Remember that with
WARNING jects on your lap, in the key fitted into the
If when fitting the key front of your chest or with a ignition device and engine off,
pipe, pencil, etc. between your the air bags may be triggered
DEVICES
into the ignition device,
SAFETY
lips; injury may result in the on a stationary car if it is
Ù
the warning light ¬ does not
turn on or if it stays on when event of the air bag being trig- bumped by another moving
travelling (on certain versions gered. car. Therefore, never seat chil-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
together with the message on dren on the front seat even
the display) there could be a WARNING when the car is stationary. On
failure in safety systems; in Always keep your the other hand remember that
this event air bags or preten- hands on the steering if the key is not fitted into the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sioners could not trigger in wheel rim when driving, so ignition device, no safety sys-
case of impact or, in a minor that if the air bag is triggered, tem (air bags or pretension-
number of cases, they could it can inflate without meeting ers) is triggered in the event
trigger accidentally. Contact any obstacles which could of an impact; in this case, fail-
EMERGENCY
Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser- ure to come into action cannot
IN AN
cause serious harm to you. Do
vices immediately to have the not drive with the body bent be considered as a sign that
system checked. forwards, keep the seat back the system is not working
properly.
rest in the erect position and
CAR
lean your back well against it.
WARNING
WARNING
Do not cover the back-
TECHNICAL
rest of front seats with If the car has been
trims or covers that are not stolen or an attempt to
suitable to be used with side steal it has been made, if it
bags. has been subjected to vandals
or floods, have the air bag
INDEX
system checked by Alfa Romeo
135
WARNING WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
When the key is fitted The front air bag is trig- The air bag does not
into the ignition device, gered for shocks substitute the seat
the warning light F (with pas- greater in magnitude than the belts, but only increases their
senger’s front air bags deacti- pretensioners. For impacts be- effectiveness. Moreover, since
DEVICES
SAFETY
vation switch at ON) turns on tween these two thresholds, the front air bags do not come
and flashes for few seconds to it is therefore normal that on- into operation in the event of
remind that passenger’s front ly the pretensioners are trig- front impact at low speed, side
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
air bag, knees air bag and side gered. collisions, bumps from behind
bag will be deployed in a crash, or overturning, in these cir-
after which it should go off. cumstances the occupants
would only be protected by
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the seat belts which must

therefore always be fastened.
WARNING WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Never wash seat back- Do not hook rigid ob-

rests with pressurised jects to the coat hooks
water or steam (by hand or at and to the support handles.
automatic seat washing sta-

CAR
tions).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
136
CORRECT USE OF THE CAR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
ENGINE STARTING ............................................. 138
PARKING.......................................................... 143
DEVICES
SAFETY
USING THE GEARBOX......................................... 144
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ............................ 145
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
TOWING TRAILERS............................................. 147
SNOW TYRES ................................................... 148
SNOW CHAINS ................................................. 149
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
CAR INACTIVITY ............................................... 150
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
137
ENGINE STARTING IMPORTANT Never take the elec- When the engine is
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
tronic key out of the ignition device while switched off never leave
AND
the car is moving unless you have to car- the electronic key into the
The car is fitted with an electronic engine ry out an emergency removal (see para-
immobilising system. If the engine fails ignition device to prevent point-
graph “Removing the electronic key from less current absorption from
to start, see paragraph “Alfa Romeo
DEVICES
the ignition device in an emergency”),

SAFETY
CODE system” in section “Dashboard draining the batter.

this ensures that the steering column lock
and controls”. is deactivated while the car is moving
(e.g.: towing the car).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT Tampering with the ig- WARNING

nition device can cause unrequired steer-
Running the engine in
ing lock.
We recommend that confined areas is ex-
tremely dangerous. The engine
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT Always fit the electron- during the initial period

ic key completely into the ignition device you do not drive to full consumes oxygen and pro-
to the stop limit. car performance (e.g.: excessive duces carbon monoxide which
acceleration, long journeys at is a highly toxic and lethal gas.
EMERGENCY
top speed, sharp braking, etc.).

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
138
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR The starter automatically operates until STARTING PROCEDURE FOR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
PETROL VERSIONS the engine starts. DIESEL VERSIONS
AND
Proceed as follows: With engine off and electronic key in- Proceed as follows:
serted in the ignition device, it is possible
❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up; to operate the automatic ignition briefly ❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the START/STOP button and ❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, without
pressing the accelerator; keeping the clutch pedal pressed. pressing the accelerator;
❒ Put the gear lever neutral; ❒ Put the gear lever neutral;
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT It is possible to start the
OF THE CAR
engine keeping pressed only the brake
❒ Fit the electronic key into the ignition ❒ fit the electronic key down into the
pedal. In that case, automatic start is not
device to stop limit; ignition device until it stops. The in-
enabled. Then press the START/STOP
strument panel warning light m
❒ Briefly press the START/STOP but- button and release it as soon as the en-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
will turn on;
ton. gine starts.
❒ Wait for the warning light m to
turn off. The hotter the engine is, the
quicker this will happen;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ Briefly press the START/STOP but-
ton as soon as the warning light m
turns on. Waiting for too long means
making spark plugs heating useless.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
139
The starter automatically operates until WARNINGS Start-up failures, if any, are indicated by
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the engine starts. the turning on of the warning light Y on
If at start-up the engine turns off, restart
AND
the instrument panel (on certain versions

With engine off and electronic key in- it by pressing the clutch or brake pedal
a dedicated message is displayed). In this
serted in the ignition device, it is possi- and then press button START/STOP.
case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-
ble to operate the automatic ignition
DEVICES
If after a few attempts the engine does vices.

SAFETY
briefly pressing the START/STOP but-

not start, do not insist but contact Alfa
ton and keeping the clutch pedal If the engine will not start after pressing
pressed. button START/STOP repeat the start-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
With car started the electronic key is up procedure by pressing the other pedal
In the event of cold weather, we rec-
locked into the ignition device and it can (clutch or brake).
ommend to wait for warning light m
be removed only after switching the en-
turn off before operating the starter.
gine off. With car running and key locked
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT It is possible to start the into the ignition device, forced key re-
WARNING
engine keeping pressed only the brake moval could damage the ignition device.
pedal. In that case, automatic start is not
enabled. Then press the START/STOP
EMERGENCY
button and release it as soon as the en-

IN AN
gine starts.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
140
Start-up failures HOW TO WARM UP THE STOPPING THE ENGINE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUST
AND
The system can recognise start-up fail- With car stopped press button
ures. STARTED (petrol and diesel START/STOP. When the engine is off
engines) it will be possible to remove the electronic
In the event of failure, the electronic key
Proceed as follows: key from the ignition device.
DEVICES
SAFETY
can be removed from the ignition device to
enable the driver to carry out the follow- ❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine
ing operations: turn at medium revs. Do not accel-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ turn the instrument panel off by erate abruptly;
pressing button START/STOP or WARNING
❒ Do not drive at full performance for
removing the electronic key from the the initial kilometres. Wait until the In an emergency and
ignition device; coolant temperature gauge starts also for safety rea-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
sons, it is possible to kill the
WARNING
❒ start the engine again by pressing the moving.
engine while the car is running
clutch/brake pedal and button
by pressing repeatedly (three
START/STOP.
times in 2 seconds) or keeping
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT With engine raced while pressed the START/STOP but-
IN AN
the car is running, due to safety reasons ton for a few seconds. In this
it is not possible to remove the electronic case the power steering is no
key from the ignition device. To remove longer available.
it, press button START/STOP with
CAR
brake pedal (or clutch pedal) released and
car stopped.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
141
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you IMPORTANT Only fit the metal insert
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
should allow the engine to “catch its B-fig.1 of the electronic key into slot A.
AND
breath” before turning it off by letting it

IMPORTANT If emergency removal
idle to allow the temperature in the en-
is carried out with the engine running,
gine compartment to fall.
the engine and the instrument panel will
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Turning the car off will be turned off and the steering lock will
deactivate the electronic safety systems not be engaged; always stop the car be-
and turn off the external lights. fore emergency removal.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0043m
fig. 1
IMPORTANT Killing the engine while
the car is running, due to safety reasons, REMOVING THE
it will not be possible to take the elec- ELECTRONIC KEY FROM THE
tronic key out of the ignition device. To
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IGNITION DEVICE IN AN
WARNING
remove it, turn the instrument panel on

and off by pressing button EMERGENCY
START/STOP with brake pedal (or In the event of a failure at engine switch-
clutch pedal) released and car stopped. ing off system or at electronic key un-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
locking system proceed as follows:

❒ press the unlocking button to remove
A quick burst on the ac- the metal insert (see paragraph
celerator before turning “Electronic key” in section “Dash-

CAR
off the engine serves board and controls”);

absolutely no practical purpose, ❒ fit the metal insert B-fig. 1 of the
it wastes fuel and is damaging electronic key into the slot A;
TECHNICAL
especially to turbocharged en-

gines. ❒ remove the electronic key from the
ignition device.
INDEX
142
PARKING THE CAR To release the handbrake proceed as fol-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
lows:
AND
Proceed as follows: ❒ Slightly lift the handbrake A and
press release button B;
❒ Stop the engine and engage the
❒ Keep button B pressed and lower
DEVICES
SAFETY
handbrake;
the lever. Warning light x on the
❒ Engage a gear (on a slope, engage instrument panel will turn off.
first gear if the car is faced uphill or
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
reverse if it is faced downhill) and fig. 2 A0F0030m
Press the brake pedal when carrying out
leave the wheels steered. this operation to prevent the car from
HANDBRAKE moving accidentally.
Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone
if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do The handbrake lever A-fig. 2 is locat-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
not leave the electronic key in the igni- ed between the two front seats. Pull the
tion switch to prevent draining the bat- handbrake lever A upwards, until the
tery. car cannot be moved.
EMERGENCY
With electronic key fitted into the igni-
IN AN
WARNING tion device, the instrument panel warn-
ing light x will come on.
Never leave children un-
attended in the car. Al- IMPORTANT The car shall stop after
a few clicks of the handbrake lever. If
CAR
ways remove the electronic key
when leaving the car and take this is not the case, contact Alfa Romeo
it out with you. Authorized Services to have the hand-
brake adjusted.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
143
USING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
THE GEARBOX
AND
To change gears prop-

erly you must push the
clutch pedal fully down. It is
The car is fitted with 6-gear manual therefore essential that there
DEVICES
SAFETY
gearbox. Gear positions are shown on is nothing under the pedals:

the gearshift lever knob. make sure mats are lying flat
Always press down the clutch pedal and do not get in the way of
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0151m
when shifting gears. To engage the 6th fig. 3 the pedals.
gear, move the gearshift lever pressing
slightly rightwards to prevent engaging IMPORTANT The car can only be put
the 4thgear accidentally. into reverse gear when it has stopped
moving completely. With the engine run-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To engage reverse R from neutral, raise ning, before engaging the reverse, wait Do not drive with your
ring A-fig. 3 under the knob and at at least 3 seconds with the clutch ped- hand resting on the gear
the same time move the gearshift lever al fully down to prevent damage and lever as the force ex-
leftwards and then forward. After en- erted, even if slight, could lead
EMERGENCY
grating of the gears.

IN AN
gaging reverse release the ring. To shift to premature wear on the gear-
from reverse to another gear it is not box internal components over
necessary to raise the ring. time. The clutch pedal must be
used for gear shift only. Never

CAR
drive with the foot resting,

even if slightly, on the clutch
pedal. For versions/markets
where applicable the clutch ped-
TECHNICAL
al control electronics can inter-

vene interpreting the wrong dri-
ve style as a fault.
INDEX
144
CONTAINING Unnecessary loads Climate control
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
RUNNING COSTS Do not travel with too much luggage The air conditioner is an additional load
stowed in the boot. The weight of the which greatly affects the engine leading
Here are some suggestions which may car (especially when driving in town) to higher consumption. When the tem-
help you to keep the running costs of and its trim greatly affects consumption perature outside the car permits it, use
DEVICES
SAFETY
your car down and lower the amount of and stability. the air vents where possible.
toxic emissions released into the at-
mosphere. Roof rack/ski rack Spoilers
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Remove the roof rack or the ski rack The use of aerodynamic optional extras
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS from the roof as soon as they are no which are not certified for the specific
longer used. These accessories lower air use on the vehicle, may reduce the aero-
Car maintenance penetration and adversely affect con- dynamic penetration of the vehicle and
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Have checks and adjustments carried out sumption levels. When needing to car- increase consumption.
in accordance with the “Service sched- ry particularly voluminous objects, prefer-
ule”. ably use a trailer.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Tyres Electric devices
Check the pressure of the tyres routine- Use electric devices only for the amount
ly at an interval of no more than 4 of time needed. Rear heated window,
weeks: if the pressure is too low, con- additional headlights, windscreen wipers
CAR
sumption levels increase as resistance and heater fan need a considerable
to rolling is higher. amount of energy therefore, increasing
the requirement of current increases fu-
TECHNICAL
el consumption (up to +25% in the ur-
ban cycle).
INDEX
145
DRIVING STYLE Gear selection CONDITIONS OF USE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
As soon as the conditions of the traffic
AND
Starting Cold starting

and road allow, use a higher gear. Us-
Do not warm the engine with the car ing a low gear to obtain brilliant perfor- Short journeys and frequent cold starts
at a standstill or at idle or high speed: mance increases consumption. In the do not allow the engine to reach opti-
DEVICES
SAFETY
under these conditions the engine same way improper use of a high gear mum operating temperature. This results
warms up much more slowly, increasing increases consumption, emissions an en- in a significant increase in consumption
electrical consumption and emissions. It gine wear. levels (from +15 to +30% on the urban
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
is therefore advisable to move off im- cycle) and emission of harmful sub-
mediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds. Top speed stances.
This way the engine will warm faster.
Fuel consumption considerably increas- Traffic and road conditions
es with speed. Avoid superfluous brak-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Unnecessary actions
WARNING
ing and accelerating, which cost in terms Rather high consumption levels are tied
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traf- of both fuel and emissions. to situations with heavy traffic, for ex-
fic lights or before switching off the en- ample in queues with frequent use of
gine. This and also double declutching Acceleration the lower gears or in cities with many
EMERGENCY
is absolutely pointless on modern cars traffic lights. Also winding mountain

IN AN
Accelerating violently increasing the revs

and also increase consumption and pol- roads and rough road surfaces adverse-
will greatly affect consumption and emis-
lution. ly affect consumption.
sions: acceleration should be gradual and
should not exceed the maximum torque. Traffic hold-ups

CAR
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: level

crossings) the engine should be
TECHNICAL
switched off.
INDEX
146
TOWING TRAILERS Engage a low gear when driving down- WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
hill, rather than constantly using the
AND
brake. The ABS system with
which the car may be
IMPORTANT NOTES The weight the trailer exerts on the car fitted does not control the
For towing caravans or trailers the car tow hook reduces by the same amount trailer braking system. Drive
DEVICES
SAFETY
must be fitted with a certified tow hook the actual car loading capacity. To make with extreme care on slippery
and an adequate electric system. In- sure the maximum towable weight is roadbeds.
stallation should be carried out by spe- not exceeded (given in the log book)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
cialised personnel who release a special account should be taken of the fully
document for circulation on the road. laden trailer, including accessories and
personal belongings. WARNING
Install any specific and/or additional
Do not exceed the speed limits of the Under no circumstances
LIGHTS AND
rear-view mirrors as specified by law.
MESSAGES
WARNING
country you are driving in. In any case should the car brake
Remember that when towing a trailer, do not exceed 100 km/h. system be altered to control
steep hills are harder to climb, the brak- the trailer brake. The trailer
ing spaces increase and overtaking takes braking system must be fully
EMERGENCY
longer depending on the overall weight.
IN AN
independent of the car hy-
draulic system.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
147
SNOW TYRES Due to the snow tyre features, under WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
normal conditions of use or on long mo-
AND
torway journeys, the performance of The max speed for

Use snow tyres of the same size as the these tyres is lower than that of normal snow tyres with “Q”
normal tyres provided with the car. tyres. It is therefore necessary to limit marking is 160 km/h; 190
km/h for tyres with “T”
DEVICES
their use to the purposes for which they

SAFETY
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services will be marking and 210 km/h for
glad to provide advice concerning the are certified.
tyres with H marking. The
most suitable type of tyre for the cus- Road Traffic Code speed lim-
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are
CORRECT USE
tomer’s requirements.
OF THE CAR
used with a max speed index below the its must however be always
For the type of tyre to be used, inflation one that can be reached by the car (in- strictly observed.
pressures and the specifications of snow creased by 5%), place a notice in the
tyres, follow the instructions given in para- passenger compartment, plainly in the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
graph “Wheels” in section “Technical driver’s view which states the max per-
specifications”. missible speed of the snow tyres (as per
The winter features of these tyres are re- EC Directive).
duced considerably when the tread
EMERGENCY
All four tyres should be the same (brand

IN AN
depth is below 4 mm. In this case, they and track) to ensure greater safety
should be replaced. when driving and braking and better dri-
veability.
Remember that it is inappropriate to

CAR
change the direction of rotation of tyres.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
148
SNOW CHAINS IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
fitted to the space-saver spare wheel (for
AND
versions/markets, where provided). So, Keep your speed down
Use of snow chains should be in compli- if a front (drive) wheel is punctured and when snow chains are
ance with local regulations. chains are needed, a rear wheel should fitted. Do not exceed
40 km/h. Avoid pot-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Snow chains should only be applied to be fitted to the front of the car and the
spare wheel should be fitted to the rear holes, steps and pave-
the driving wheels (front wheels). ments and avoid also to drive
(adjust tyre pressure to the specified val-
Check the tension of the chains after the for long distances on roads not
CORRECT USE
ue as soon as possible). This way with
OF THE CAR
first few metres have been driven. two normal drive wheels, snow chains can covered with snow to prevent
be fitted to them to solve an emergency. damaging the car and the
Use snow chains with reduced size: for roadbed.
tyres 215/55 R16” use snow chains
with reduced size with max protrusion
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
beyond the tyre profile of 12 mm.
On tyres 225/50 R17”
Use of snow chains may be compulso- only “spider” type Disengage the ASR sys-
ry also for cars with four-wheel drive. chains can be used.
EMERGENCY
tem when snow chains
IN AN
are fitted. Press button
ASR/VDC (see paragraph “ASR
system” in section “Dashboard
On 3.2 JTS version Tyres 235/45 R18”
and controls”).
snow chains shall be fit- cannot be fitted with
CAR
ted to FRONT wheels. snow chains due to in-
terference with fender.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
149
CAR INACTIVITY ❒ clean and protect the painted parts ❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
using protective wax; from the electric system, check its
AND
charge every month and recharge it

If the car is to be left inactive for longer ❒ clean and protect the shiny metal
if the optical indicator shows a dark
than a month, the following precautions parts using special compounds read-
colour without the central green
should be noted: ily available;
DEVICES
area;
SAFETY
❒ park the car in covered, dry and if ❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rub-
❒ do not drain the engine cooling sys-
possible well-ventilated premises; ber windscreen and rear window
tem.
wiper blades and lift them off the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ engage a gear; glass;

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted with
❒ check that the handbrake is not en- ❒ slightly open the windows; alarm system, switch off the alarm with
gaged; the remote control.
❒ cover the car with a cloth or perfo-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal

WARNING
rated plastic sheet. Do not use sheets

and check the battery charge. This of non-perforated plastic as they do
check is to be repeated every three not allow moisture on the car body
months when the car is left inactive. to evaporate;
EMERGENCY
Recharge if the optical indicator

IN AN
(where provided) shows a dark ❒ inflate tyres to +0.5 bar above the
colour without the central green area normal specified pressure and check
(see paragraph “Battery” in section it at intervals;
“Car maintenance”);
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
150
WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
LOW BRAKE FLUID/HANDBRAKE ON .................... 153 HILL HOLDER FAILURE ....................................... 163
BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................. 153 ASR SYSTEM (WHEEL ANTISKID SYSTEM) ............ 163
DEVICES
SAFETY
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED................................. 153 EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE ................................. 164
AIR BAG FAILURE............................................... 154 BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ...................................... 164
PASSANGER’S FRONT AIR BAGS DEACTIVATED........ 155 REAR FOGLIGHTS .............................................. 164
WARNING CORRECT USE

LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................. 155 FRONT FOG LIGHTS ........................................... 164
ENGINE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE.......................... 156 SIDE/TAILLIGHTS/FOLLOW ME HOME.................. 164
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE/EXHAUST OIL ........... 156 DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS................................. 164
LOW BATTERY CHARGE....................................... 157
MESSAGES
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ................................... 165
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING .............................. 157
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........................ 165
BONNET OPEN.................................................. 157
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR...................... 165
BOOT OPEN ..................................................... 157
LIGHT SENSOR FAILURE....................................... 165
EMERGENCY
INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/
IN AN
EOBD SYSTEM FAILURE...................................... 158 RAIN SENSOR FAILURE ........................................ 165
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/ PARKING SENSORS FAILURE................................ 165
STEERING LOCK INHIBITION ................................ 159 FUEL RESERVE - LIMITED CRUISING RANGE............ 165
ALARM FAILURE/BREAK-IN ATTEMPT/ CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 166
CAR
ELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNIZED...................... 159
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED .................. 166
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 160
ANTIPINCH SYSTEM FAILURE............................... 167
PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUGS/
TECHNICAL
PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUG FAILURE....................... 160 WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL ............. 167
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER............................. 161 SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED...................................... 167
INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCHED ON ................ 161 T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE................................... 167
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162 CHECK TYRE PRESSURE...................................... 167
INDEX
EBD SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162 LOW INFLATION PRESSURE................................. 168
VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 162 TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED ............ 168
151
WARNING LIGHTS Very serious failures Serious failures
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND MESSAGES These failures are repeated on the dis- These failures are repeated on the dis-
AND
play indefinitely and stop any previous play for about 20 seconds and then they
indication on the display. These failures go off. These failures are repeated each
GENERAL WARNINGS are repeated each time the key is fit- time the key is fitted into the ignition
DEVICES
SAFETY
ted into the ignition device until the device. At the end of the displaying cy-
Failure indications shown on the display cause of malfunctioning is removed. To cle (approx. 20 seconds), or when
are divided into two categories: very se- stop this “cycle” press button MENU: pressing button MENU, the failure sym-
rious and less serious failures.
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
in this case the failure symbol stays on bol will stay on the display at the bot-
Every failure indication is accompanied the display at the bottom of the screen tom of the screen until the cause of mal-
by the turning on of the relevant warn- until the cause of malfunctioning is re- functioning is removed.
ing light (where provided) and by ded- moved.
MESSAGES
WARNING
icated warning messages, if any.

In certain cases, failure indications can
be accompanied by the sound of a
buzzer (adjustable).
EMERGENCY
IN AN
These indications are concise and cau-

tionary and are aimed to suggest the
prompt action the driver must adopt
when a car malfunctioning appears.

CAR
These indications, however, shall not be

considered as exhaustive and/or as an
alternative to the specifications con-
TECHNICAL
tained in this “Owner’s Manual”, which

shall always be read through carefully
and thoroughly.
In case of failure indication always refer
INDEX
to the specifications contained in this

section.
152
LOW BRAKE FLUID WARNING SEAT BELTS NOT
<
DASHBOARD
x
CONTROLS
(red) FASTENED (red)
AND
If the warning light
HANDBRAKE ON turns on when travel- With car stationary, the warn-
(red) ling, check that the handbrake ing light turns on glowing steadily in the
is not engaged. If the warning following cases:
DEVICES
SAFETY
Fitting the key into the ignition device light stays on with handbrake
the warning light turns on, but it should ❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened;
disengaged, stop the car im-
go off after few seconds. mediately and contact Alfa ❒ passenger’s seat belt not fastened,
WARNING CORRECT USE

Low brake fluid level Romeo Authorized Services. heavy objects placed on the passen-
ger’s seat;
The warning light turns on (with a ded-
icated message on the display) when ❒ when unfastening driver’s or passen-
ger’s seat belt.
MESSAGES
the level of the brake fluid in the reser- BRAKE PAD WEAR
voir falls below the minimum level, due
to possible leak in the circuit. d (amber) For the same reasons, with the car mov-
ing, the warning light will turn on flash-
The display will show message
Handbrake on + symbol when front brake pads are ing and the warning buzzer will sound for
EMERGENCY
a while.
IN AN
The warning light turns on when the worn; in this case have them changed
handbrake is on. as soon as possible. The warning light will then stay on glow-
IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted ing steadily.
with wear sensors for the front brake
CAR
pads, when changing them, check also
the rear brake pads.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
153
The buzzer can be muted temporarily by AIR BAG FAILURE WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the following procedure:
¬ (red) Warning light ¬ failure
AND
❒ fasten front seat belts; Fitting the key into the ignition is indicated by the flash-
❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition device the warning light turns on, but ing for more than the normal 4
it should go off after few seconds. seconds of the passenger's
DEVICES
device;
SAFETY
front air bag deactivated warn-

❒ wait for over 20 seconds but less than The warning light stays on glowing ing light F. In addition, the air
1 minute, then unfasten one of the steadily with the message on the dis- bag system will deactivate au-
front seat belts. play to indicate a failure in the air bag

OF THE CAR
tomatically the passenger's

system. front air bag (front and side
This procedure will be valid until turning
the engine off. where provided). In this event
warning light ¬ could not in-
MESSAGES
WARNING
For permanent buzzer deactivation con- WARNING dicate failure in safety systems.
tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The Before restarting contact Alfa
“seat belt reminder” system can be re- If the warning light
¬ does not turn on Romeo Authorized Services im-
activated only through the “Setup Menu” mediately to have the system
when fitting the key into the
EMERGENCY
of the display (see paragraph “Recon- checked.

IN AN
figurable multifunction display“ in section ignition device, or if stays on

“Dashboard and controls”). when travelling (together with
the message on the display),
this could indicate a failure in

safety retaining system; under
CAR
this condition air bags or pre-

tensioners could not trigger in
the event of collision or, in a
TECHNICAL
restricted number of cases,

they could trigger accidental-
ly. Before restarting contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Ser-
INDEX
vices.
154
PASSENGER’S ENGINE COOLANT – Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trail-
DASHBOARD
F u
CONTROLS
FRONT AIR BAGS HIGH TEMPERATURE er uphill or fully laden car): decrease
AND
DEACTIVATED (red) speed, if the warning light stays on, stop
(amber) the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving
Fitting the key into the ignition device, the the engine on and slightly accelerated to
warning light (set on engine coolant
DEVICES
SAFETY
The warning light (set on the front ceil- further activate the circulation of the
ing light panel) turns on when passen- gauge) turns on but it shall go off after a coolant fluid, then switch the engine off.
ger’s front air bags, passenger’s knees few seconds. The warning light turns on
air bag (for versions/markets, where (with a dedicated message on the display) IMPORTANT Under severe use of the
WARNING CORRECT USE

provided) and passenger’s front side bag to indicate engine overheating. If the warn- car, keep the engine on and slightly ac-
are deactivated through the relevant key ing light comes on, proceed as follows: celerated for few minutes before switch-
switch (for versions/markets, where – Normal driving conditions: stop ing it off.
provided). With passenger’s front air
MESSAGES
the car, switch off the engine and check
bags on, fitting the key into the ignition whether the water level in the reservoir
device the warning light shall turn on is not below the MIN mark. Otherwise WARNING
glowing steadily for about 4 seconds, wait for few seconds to allow engine
shall flash for other 4 seconds and then With engine hot, do not
EMERGENCY
cooling, then open slowly and carefully
remove the cap: risk of
IN AN
it shall turn off. the cap, top up coolant and check
burnt.
whether its level is falling between MIN
and MAX marks in the reservoir. Check
WARNING visually any leak. If when restarting the
CAR
Warning light Ffailure warning light comes on again, contact
is indicated by warning Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
light ¬. In addition, the air bag
TECHNICAL
system will deactivate auto-
matically the passenger's front
air bag (front and side). Before
restarting contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services immedi-
INDEX
ately to have the system
checked.
155
ENGINE OIL LIGHT STAYS ON: 2. Exhausted engine oil
`
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
HIGH TEMPERATURE v LOW ENGINE OIL (only Diesel versions with DPF)
AND
Fitting the key into the ignition PRESSURE (red) The warning light will flash and a specific
device, the warning light (set on engine message will appear on the display (for
FLASHING LIGHT:
oil temperature gauge) turns on but it versions/markets, where provided). The
DEVICES
SAFETY
EXHAUSTED ENGINE warning light may flash in the follow-

should go off a few seconds later.
OIL (only Diesel ing ways, depending on the version:
Warning light turning on when travelling versions with DPF –
(together with the message on the dis- – for 1 minute every two hours;
red)
OF THE CAR
play) indicates that engine oil is too hot; – for 3 minute cycles with the warning
switch the engine off and contact Alfa Fitting the key into the ignition device,
the warning light switches on and should light off for intervals of 5 seconds until
Romeo Authorized Services. oil is changed.
go out as soon as the engine is started.
MESSAGES
WARNING
After the initial warning, each time the

1. Low engine oil pressure engine is started up, the warning light
If warning light ` starts The warning light turns on and stays on will continue to flash in the above men-
flashing when travelling, tioned modes, until the oil is changed.
EMERGENCY
constantly (for versions/markets, where

IN AN
contact Alfa Romeo provided) along with the message on A specific message will appear on the dis-
Authorized Services. the display when the system detects play (for versions/markets, where pro-
that engine oil pressure is low. vided) in addition to the warning light.
If the warning light flashes, this does not

CAR
mean that the car is defective but sim-

WARNING ply informs the driver that it is now nec-
If the warning light essary to change the oil as a result of
TECHNICAL
v turns on when regular vehicle use.

the vehicle is travelling (on
certain versions together with
the message on the display)
stop the engine immediately
INDEX
and contact a Alfa Romeo

156
Note that engine oil is exhausted faster LOW BATTERY BONNET OPEN
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
CHARGE (red)
under the following circumstances:
w S (for versions/markets,
AND
– use of the vehicle prevalently for city If symbol w + message are where provided)
driving, requiring more frequent regen- displayed, contact immediately Symbol S (red) + message on the
eration of DPF Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. display indicate that the bonnet is open.
DEVICES
SAFETY
– use of the vehicle for short drives, in
which the engine does not have time to
reach its regular operating temperature
WARNING CORRECT USE

INCOMPLETE DOOR BOOT OPEN
– repeated interruption of the regener-
ation process, signalled by the DPF warn-
ing light coming on.
´ LOCKING (red)
Symbol ´ + message on the
R Symbol R (red) + mes
sage on the display indicate
MESSAGES
display indicate that one of the doors that the boot is open.
WARNING is not closed.
Exhausted engine oil
should be replaced as
EMERGENCY
soon as possible after the
IN AN
warning light comes on, never
more than 500 km after the
warning light first comes on.
Failure to change the oil with-
CAR
in the first 500 km may result
in severe damage to the en-
gine and will result in forfei-
TECHNICAL
ture of the warranty.Remem-
ber that when the warning
light flashes, it does not mean
that the level of engine oil is
INDEX
low, so if the light flashes you
must not top up.
157
INJECTION SYSTEM EOBD system failure – flashing: indicates the possibility of
U
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
FAILURE (diesel (for versions/markets, damage to the catalyst (see “EOBD sys-
AND
versions - amber) where provided) tem” in section “Dashboard and con-

trols”). If the light flashes, it is neces-
Under normal conditions, fitting the elec-
EOBD SYSTEM sary to release the accelerator pedal to
tronic key into the ignition device, the
DEVICES
lower the speed of the engine until the

SAFETY
FAILURE warning light turns on, but it should go

(petrol versions - warning light stops flashing; continue
off when the engine has started. This in-
the journey at moderate speed, trying
amber) dicates proper operation of the warn-
to avoid driving conditions that may
OF THE CAR
(for versions/markets, ing light.

cause further flashing and contact Alfa
where provided) If the warning light stays on or turns on Romeo Authorized Services as soon as
when travelling: possible.
Injection system failure
MESSAGES
WARNING
– glowing steadily (together with

Fitting the key into the ignition device the message on the display): means a
the warning light turns on, but it should fault in the supply/ignition system
go off when the engine has started. which could cause high emissions at the If when fitting the key in-
EMERGENCY
The warning light stays on or it turns on exhaust, possible lack of performance, to the ignition device, the
IN AN
when travelling to indicate a malfunc- poor handling and high consumption lev- warning light U does
tion in the injection/exhaust system els. In these conditions it is possible to not turn on or if turns on with
with possible lack of performance, poor continue driving without however re- fixed light or flashing when the
driveability and high consumption. quiring heavy effort or high speed from car is travelling, contact Alfa
CAR
the engine. Prolonged use of the car Romeo Authorized Services as

In these conditions it is possible to con- with the warning light on may cause
tinue driving without however requiring soon as possible. Warning light
heavy effort or high speed from the en-
damages. Contact Alfa Romeo Autho- U operation can by checked by
TECHNICAL
rized Services as soon as possible. traffic agents by proper equip-

gine. In any case, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as possible. The warning light goes off if the fault ment therefore, comply with
disappears, but it is however stored by laws and regulations in force in
the system. the country where you are dri-
INDEX
ving.
158
CAR PROTECTION ALARM FAILURE Electronic key not recognized
> Y
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
SYSTEM FAILURE (amber)
AND
The message + symbol on the display in-
(amber) (for versions/markets, dicate that the electronic key being used
where provided) for start-up is not enabled.
STEERING LOCK
INHIBITION (amber) BREAK-IN ATTEMPT
DEVICES
SAFETY
(amber)
Car protection system failure ELECTRONIC KEY
WARNING CORRECT USE

The message on the display indicates NOT RECOGNIZED

car protection system failure: in this (amber)
event contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible. Alarm failure
MESSAGES
Steering lock inhibition The message + symbol on the display
indicate a failure in the alarm system.
The display will show a dedicated mes- Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
sage when the engine is killed by re-
EMERGENCY
as soon as possible.
moving the electronic key from the ig-
IN AN
nition device while the car is moving.
Break-in attempt
The message + symbol on the display
indicate an attempt of break-in. Contact
CAR
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon
as possible.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
159
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE This cycle is performed only once when PRE-HEATING GLOW
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ON THE ROAD the outside temperature read is lower m PLUGS (diesel
AND
than or equal to 3°C and it can be re- versions - amber)

When the outside temperature reaches peated only when outside temperature
or falls below 3°C, the display will show exceeds 6 °C and then falls down to PRE-HEATING GLOW
a warning message and symbol √ to PLUGS FAILURE
DEVICES
3 °C or below.
SAFETY
warn the driver of the possible presence (diesel versions -

of ice on the road. IMPORTANT In the event of outside
amber)
temperature sensor failure, the display
On certain versions, once the above
OF THE CAR
will show dashes instead of the value. Pre-heating glow plugs

warning indication cycle is over or when
pressing briefly the button MENU: Fitting the key into the ignition device
– the displayed message goes off and the warning light turns on and it will turn
MESSAGES
WARNING
previously active screen is displayed off when glow plugs reach the preset
again; temperature. Start the engine immedi-
ately after warning light switching off.
– temperature indication stops flashing;
IMPORTANT With mild or hot ambi-
EMERGENCY
– symbol √ stays displayed at the bot- ent temperature, warning light stays on
IN AN
tom right of the screen (until outside for very short time.
temperature is lower than or equal to
6°C).
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
160
Pre-heating glow plugs failure WATER IN DIESEL INERTIAL
s
DASHBOARD
c
CONTROLS
FUEL FILTER FUEL CUT-OFF
AND
The warning light (on certain versions
together with the message on the dis- (diesel versions - SWITCHED ON
play) will flash to indicate a failure in the amber) The intervention of the inertial fuel cut-
pre-heating glow plugs system. Contact The warning light turns on glowing off switch is indicated by a message +
DEVICES
SAFETY
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon steadily (together with the message on symbol on the display.
as possible to have the failure eliminat- the display), when travelling to indicate
ed. that there is water in the diesel fuel fil-
WARNING CORRECT USE

ter.
WARNING
If, after a crash, you
smell fuel or see leaks
MESSAGES
The presence of water in from the fuel system, do not
the fuel circuit may reset the switch to avoid fire
cause serious damage to risk.
the entire injection system and
EMERGENCY
cause irregular engine opera-
IN AN
tion. If the warning light c on
the dial turns on (on certain ver-
sions together with the mes-
sage on the display) contact Al-
CAR
fa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible to have the
system relieved. If the above
TECHNICAL
indications come on immediate-
ly after refuelling, water has
probably been poured into the
tank: turn the engine off imme-
INDEX
diately and contact Alfa Romeo
161
ABS SYSTEM EBD SYSTEM VDC SYSTEM
> á
DASHBOARD
x
CONTROLS
FAILURE (amber) FAILURE (red) (amber)
AND
Fitting the key into the ignition (amber) (for versions/markets,

device the warning light turns on, but where provided)
it should go off after few seconds. > With the engine running the
turning on at the same time Fitting the key into the ignition device
DEVICES
SAFETY
The warning light turns on (with a ded- of warning lights > and x the warning light turns on, but it should
icated message on the display) when (together with the message on the dis- go off after few seconds.
the system is inefficient. In this case the play) indicates that the EBD system is The warning light flashes when the VDC
OF THE CAR
braking system keeps its effectiveness inefficient; in this case heavy braking cuts in, to alert the driver that the sys-
unchanged, but without the potential of- may cause the rear wheels to lock be- tem is adapting to the road surface grip
fered by the ABS system. Drive careful- fore time, with the possibility of skid- conditions.
ly and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized ding.
MESSAGES
WARNING
Services as soon as possible. Drive with the utmost care to the near- VDC deactivation
est Alfa Romeo Authorized Service to When the VDC is deactivated manually
have the system checked. (pressing the ASR/VDC button for 2 sec-
EMERGENCY
onds) (see paragraph “VDC system” in

IN AN
section “Dashboard and controls”) the

display will show the dedicated mes-
sage.
CAR
VDC system failure

In the event of a failure the VDC system
is deactivated automatically and warn-
TECHNICAL
ing light á turns on glowing steadily

(together with a message on the dis-
play). In this case contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as possible.
INDEX
162
HILL HOLDER ASR SYSTEM ASR system failure
* á
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
FAILURE (WHEEL ANTISKID
AND
In the event of a failure the ASR system
(amber) SYSTEM) is deactivated automatically and the dis-
In the event of a failure to the Hill Hold- (amber) play will show symbol V. In this case
er system, the display will show a mes- Fitting the key into the ignition device contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
DEVICES
SAFETY
sage + symbol. In this case contact Al- the warning light turns on, but it should as soon as possible.
fa Romeo Authorized Services. go off after few seconds. The warning
light flashes when the system cuts in, to
WARNING CORRECT USE

alert the driver that the system is adapt-
ing to the road surface grip conditions.
ASR deactivation
MESSAGES
When the ASR is deactivated manually
(pressing the ASR/VDC button) (see
paragraph “ASR system” in section
“Dashboard and controls”) the led on
EMERGENCY
IN AN
the ASR/VDC button will turn on and
the display will show symbol V.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
163
EXTERNAL LIGHTS BRAKE LIGHTS SIDE/TAILLIGHTS
W The display will show message
DASHBOARD
T
CONTROLS
FAILURE (amber) FAILURE 3 (green)
AND
(amber)
FOLLOW ME HOME
+ symbol when one of the following The display will show message + sym-
lights is failing: bol when a failure at brake lights (stop) (green)
DEVICES
SAFETY
– sidelights is detected. Sidelights

– direction indicators The failure could be due to: blown bulb, The warning light turns on when
blown protection fuse or electric connec-
side/taillights are turned on.

OF THE CAR
– rear fog guards

tion cut-off.
– number plate lights.
Follow me home
The failure referring to these lights could
The warning light comes on (together with
MESSAGES
WARNING
be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown

protection fuse or an electric connection REAR FOG LIGHTS the message on the display) when the
cut-off. 4 (amber) Follow me home device is activated (see
paragraph “Follow me home” in section
The warning light turns on “Dashboard and controls”).
EMERGENCY
when the rear fog lights are turned on.

IN AN
DIPPED BEAM
CAR
FRONT FOG LIGHTS

5 (green) 2 HEADLIGHTS
(green)
The warning light turns on
TECHNICAL
when the front fog lights are turned on. The warning light turns on when the
dipped beams are turned on.
INDEX
164
MAIN BEAM LIGHT SENSOR PARKING SENSOR
1
DASHBOARD
1 t
CONTROLS
HEADLIGHTS (blue) FAILURE FAILURE
AND
The warning light turns on (amber) (amber)
when the main beams are turned on. (for versions/markets, (for versions/markets,
where provided) where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
The display will show message + sym- The display will show message + sym-
bol to indicate a failure at the light sensor. bol to indicate a failure at parking sen-
LEFT-HAND sors.
WARNING CORRECT USE

R

DIRECTION
INDICATOR
RAIN SENSOR FUEL RESERVE –
(green)
u FAILURE
K LIMITED CRUISING
MESSAGES
The warning light turns on when the di- (amber) RANGE (amber)
rection indicator stalk is moved down- (for versions/markets,
wards or, together with the right indi- where provided) The warning light on the fuel level gauge
cator, when the hazard light button is turns on when about 10 litres fuel are
EMERGENCY
pressed. The display will show message + sym- left in the tank. When the cruising range
IN AN
bol to indicate a failure at the rain sen- is less than 50 km (o 31 mi), the dis-
sor. play will show a warning message .
RIGHT-HAND
CAR
E DIRECTION
INDICATOR (green)
If warning light K starts
flashing when travel-
TECHNICAL
The warning light turns on when the di- ling, contact Alfa Romeo
rection indicator stalk is moved upwards Authorized Services.
or, together with the left indicator, when
the hazard light button is pressed.
INDEX
165
CRUISE CONTROL The process normally takes about 15
Ü
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(green) minutes. The optimum conditions to end
AND
the process are achieved by keeping the Always drive at a

(for versions/markets, speed appropriate to
where provided) car in motion up to 60 km/h with an
engine speed higher than 2,000 rpm. the traffic conditions, the
weather and speed limits. The
DEVICES
The warning light turns on (together This light coming on is not a car defect
SAFETY
with the message on the display) when and therefore the car does not need to engine may be turned off
turning the knurled ring of the Cruise go to the workshop. A specific message while the DPF light is on; how-
Control to Ü will appear on the display when the ever, repeated interruption of
OF THE CAR
warning light comes on (for ver- the regeneration process may

sions/markets, where provided). result in premature exhaustion
CLEANING DPF of engine oil. For this reason it
h (PARTICULATE is always advisable to wait
MESSAGES
WARNING
FILTER) IN for the light to go off before

PROGRESS turning off the engine, follow-
(only Diesel versions ing the instructions appearing
with DPF - amber) above. It is not advisable to
EMERGENCY
complete DPF regeneration

IN AN
Fitting the key into the ignition device with the vehicle stationary.
the warning light switches on but it must
switch off after a few seconds. The
warning light comes on constantly to no-

CAR
tify the driver that the DPF system needs

to eliminate captured pollutants (par-
ticulate) by the regeneration process.
TECHNICAL
The warning light does not come on dur-

ing every DPF regeneration, but only
when driving conditions require notifi-
cation of the driver. To switch the warn-
ing light off, the car must stay in motion
INDEX
until regeneration has been completed.
166
ANTIPINCH SYSTEM SPEED LIMIT CHECK TYRE
5 X n
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
FAILURE (amber) EXCEEDED PRESSURE
AND
The display will show message The display will show the ded- (for versions/markets,
+ symbol when failure is detected in the icated message + symbol (red) and the where provided)
antipinch system. buzzer will sound when the car exceeds On certain versions the display will show
DEVICES
SAFETY
the speed limit set through the “Setup a warning message + symbol (amber)
Before contacting Alfa Romeo Autho-
Menu” (e.g.: 120 km/h) (see para- to indicate the flat tyre.
rized Services perform window initial-
graph “Reconfigurable Multifunction Dis-
ization procedure (see section “Power
WARNING CORRECT USE

Should two or more tyre be flat, the dis-

play” in section “Dashboard and con-
Windows” in chapter “Dashboard and play will show the indications corre-
trols”).
controls”). If the issue persists, refer to sponding to each tyre in sequence.
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Restore proper inflation pressure values
MESSAGES
as soon as possible (see paragraph
“Cold inflation pressures” in section
“Technical Specifications”).
WINDSCREEN T.P.M.S. SYSTEM
) n
EMERGENCY
WASHER FLUID FAILURE
IN AN
LOW LEVEL (for versions/markets,
(amber) where provided)
The display will show message + sym- On certain versions the display will show
CAR
bol when the windscreen washer fluid a warning message + symbol (amber)
level falls down the preset min. level. when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.
system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-
TECHNICAL
tem). Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible.
Should one or more wheels without sen-
sor be fitted, the display will show a
INDEX
warning message until initial conditions
are restored.
167
LOW TYRE TYRE PRESSURE IMPORTANT In this case slow down
n n
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
PRESSURE UNSUITABLE immediately since tyre overheating could
AND
(for versions/markets, FOR SPEED impair tyre performance and life beyond
where provided) (for versions/markets, repair, and even make the tyre to blow-
where provided) out.
On certain versions the display will show
DEVICES
SAFETY
a warning message + symbol (red) (and Should it be required to journey at a IMPORTANT Should you have to jour-
buzzer will sound) when the pressure of speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate ney anyway a speed higher than 160
one or more tyres falls below the preset tyres at full load pressures (see paragraph km/h, stop the car when the display
OF THE CAR
threshold. In this way the T.P.M.S. sys- “Cold inflation pressures” in section "Tech- shows the warning symbol to inflate tyres
tem warns the driver that tyre/s is/are nical Specifications"). to the proper pressure values (see para-
dangerously flat; possible puncture. graph "Cold inflation pressures" in section
On certain versions, if the T.P.M.S. sys-
"Technical Specifications ").
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT Stop immediately with tem detects that the pressure of one or
one or more tyres flat, avoid braking more tyres is unsuitable for the current
sharply and abrupt turns. Replace im- speed the display will show a message +
mediately the punctured tyre with the symbol (amber) that will stay on until the
EMERGENCY
space-saver spare wheel (for ver- car speed slow downs below the preset
IN AN
sions/markets, where provided) or re- threshold.

pair the puncture tyre using the proper kit
(see paragraph “If a tyre is punctured”
in section “In an emergency”) and then

CAR
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

as soon as possible.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
168
IN AN EMERGENCY
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
In an emergency we recommend that you call the freephone number found in the Warranty Booklet.
You can also consult www.alfaromeo.com to find
your nearest Alfa Romeo Authorised Services.
DEVICES
SAFETY
JUMP STARTING ............................................... 170
CORRECT USE
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................... 171
OF THE CAR
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX&GO automatic ........... 176
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 182
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 185
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 191
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

IF A FUSE BLOWS ............................................. 194
IN AN
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT...................................... 204
JACKING THE CAR.............................................. 205
TOWING THE CAR ............................................. 206
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
169
JUMP STARTING Under no circumstances
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
should a battery charger
AND
If the battery is flat, it is possible to start be used to start the en-

the engine using an auxiliary battery gine: it could damage the elec-
with the same capacity or a little high- tronic systems and in particular
DEVICES
SAFETY
er than the flat one. the ignition and injection control

units.
Proceed as follows fig. 1:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0201m
❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near fig. 1
the terminal) of the two batteries WARNING
with a jump lead; If after a few attempts the engine does
not start, do not insist but contact Alfa Do not carry out this
❒ With a second lead, connect the neg- Romeo Authorized Service. procedure if you lack
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ative terminal (–) of the auxiliary experience; if it is not done

battery and to an earthing point E IMPORTANT Do not directly connect
correctly it can cause very in-
on the engine of the car to be start- the negative terminals of the two bat-
tense electrical discharges. In
teries: sparks could ignite the flamma-
ed; addition, the fluid contained in

IN AN
ble gas from the battery. If the other bat-

❒ Start the engine; the battery is poisonous and
tery is fitted in another car, prevent ac-
corrosive. Avoid contact with
❒ When the engine has been started, cidental contacts between the metal
skin and eyes. You are also ad-
remove the leads reversing the order parts of the two cars.
vised not to put naked flames
CAR
above. or lighted cigarettes near the

battery and not to cause
sparks.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
170
BUMP STARTING IF A TYRE WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Never bump start the engine (by push- IS PUNCTURED Alert other drivers that
ing, towing, or coasting downhill) as this the car is stationary in
could cause fuel to flow into the catalytic compliance with local regula-
exhaust system and damage it beyond The car is equipped with the “Quick tyre tions: hazard warning lights,
DEVICES
SAFETY
repair. repair kit Fix&Go automatic“. Opera- warning triangle etc. Any pas-
tions required to change a wheel are de- sengers on board should leave
scribed in the following section. the car, especially if it is heav-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
As an alternative to the “Kit Fix & Go ily laden. Passengers should
automatic”, the car can be provided (up- stay away from oncoming
WARNING on request) with space-saver spare traffic while the wheel is be-
wheel: wheel changing and correct use ing changed on. If the wheel is
Remember that the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
of the jack call for some precautions as being changed on a steep or
brake booster and the listed below. badly surfaced road, place the
power steering system are not wedges or other suitable ma-
operating until the engine is terial under the wheel to stop

started, a greater effort will
IN AN
the car. Never start the engine
therefore be required to press when the car is jacked up. If
the brake pedal or turn the you were towing a trailer, un-
steering wheel. couple the trailer before jack-
ing the car.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
171
WARNING WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The space-saver spare When driving with a The jack shall only be
wheel (for versions/ space-saver spare used for changing
markets, where provided) is wheel fitted, the driving per- wheels on the car with which
specific to your car; do not use formance of the car changes. it is provided or on cars of the
DEVICES
SAFETY
it on other models, or use the Avoid accelerating or braking same model. It must not be used
spare wheel of other models sharply, abrupt turns or fast for other purposes such as for
on your car. The space-saver cornerings. The life of the instance raising cars of other
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
spare wheel shall only be used spare wheel is approx. 3000 models. In no case should it be
in an emergency. It shall only Km, after this distance it used for repairs under the car.
be used for the distance nec- should be replaced with an- Incorrect positioning of the jack
essary to reach a service point other of the same type. Nev- may cause the jacked car to fall.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and the car speed shall not ex- er attempt to fit a conven- Do not use the jack for higher
ceed 80 Km/h. The spare tional tyre on a rim designed capacities than stated on its la-
wheel has a sticker that sum- for use as a space-saver spare bel. Snow chains cannot be fit-
marises the main cautions for wheel. Have the punctured ted to the space-saver spare
use and limitations. The stick- wheel repaired and refitted as wheel. So, if a front (drive)
IN AN
er should never be removed or soon as possible. Two or more wheel is punctured and chains
covered! space-saver spare wheels are needed, a rear wheel should
should never be used togeth- be fitted to the front of the car
er. Do not grease the threads and the spare wheel should be
CAR
of bolts before installing them: fitted to the rear. This way with
they might slip out. two normal drive wheels, snow
chains can be fitted to them to
TECHNICAL
solve an emergency.
INDEX
172
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Never tamper with the
inflation valve. Never
place tools between the rim
and tyre. Check and restore, if
DEVICES
SAFETY
required, the pressure of tyres
and spare wheel to the values
given in section “Technical
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0132m A0F0007m
Specifications”. fig. 2 fig. 3
To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the car in a position that is not
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
dangerous for oncoming traffic
where you can change the wheel
Please note: safely. The ground should be flat and

❒ the jack weight is 1.76 kg; adequately firm;
IN AN
❒ the jack requires no adjustment; ❒ Turn the engine off, pull up the hand-
brake and engage first gear or re-
❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it
A0F0134m
fig. 4
verse;
breaks it must be replaced with a
❒ Using handle A-fig. 2, lift the stiff ❒ remove the box as shown in fig. 3;
CAR
new jack;
cover B; ❒ for versions fitted with “quick tyre
❒ no tool other than its cranking de-
vice may be fitted on the jack. repair kit Fix&Go” take the tool con-
TECHNICAL
tainer fig. 4 out of the boot;
INDEX
173
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0019m A0F0206m A0F0195m

fig. 5 fig. 5a fig. 6
❒ for versions fitted with space-saver

spare wheel, loosen fastener A-
fig. 5, take the tool container B,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and bring it near the wheel to be

changed, then take out the space-
saver spare wheel;
❒ Loosen the bolts of the wheel to be

IN AN
replaced by about one turn with the

wrench provided A-fig. 5a; shake fig. 6 A0F0208m
the car to facilitate rim removal from

the wheel hub; ❒ Warn anybody nearby that the car is ❒ Loosen the fastening bolts and then
CAR
about to be lifted. They must stay remove the wheel;

❒ Operate the device F-fig. 6 to ex- clear and not touch the car until it
tend the jack until the top of the jack ❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be-
is back on the ground; tween space-saver spare wheel and
TECHNICAL
G fits correctly into catch H;

❒ Fit the handle L-fig. 7 to operate hub are clean so that the fastening
❒ The jack shall be fitted as shown in the jack and lift the car until the bolts will not come loose;
fig. 6; wheel to be changed is several cen-
timetres off the ground;
INDEX
174
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0209m A0F0210m A0F0211m
fig. 8 fig. 9 fig. 10
❒ fit the space-saver spare wheel mak- REFITTING A NORMAL ❒ loosen pin A-fig. 10 and tighten
ing one of the holes A-fig. 8 co- WHEEL the last fastening bolt;
LIGHTS AND
incide with the relevant pin B;
MESSAGES
WARNING
Following the procedure described pre- ❒ lower the car and remove the jack,
❒ Using the wrench provided, fully viously, raise the car and remove the then, using the wrench provided tight-
tighten the five fastening bolts; spare wheel. en the bolts according to the se-

quence previously shown for the
❒ Lower the car and remove the jack; Proceed as follows:
IN AN
space-saver spare wheel fig. 9.
❒ Use the wrench provided to fasten ❒ tighten pin A-fig. 10 in one of the
the bolts completely in a criss-cross holes of the wheel hub fastening
fashion according to the sequence bolts;
shown in fig. 9.
CAR
❒ insert the wheel on the pin and, us-
ing the wrench provided, tighten the
four bolts available;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
175
When you have finished: QUICK TYRE REPAIR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
❒ Stow the spare wheel in the space KIT FIX&GO
AND
provided in the boot;

❒ Fit the jack partially open in its con-
automatic
tainer forcing it lightly to prevent it
DEVICES
SAFETY
from vibrating when travelling; The car is provided with the quick tyre
repair kit “FIX&GO automatic”, instead
❒ Put the tools back into their places
of the traditional tool kit and space-saver
in the container;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0114m
spare wheel. fig. 11
❒ Arrange the container complete with
tools on the space-saver spare The kit fig. 11 is placed in the boot. In The quick tyre repair kit includes:
wheel; the kit container you will also find the
screwdriver and the tow hitch. ❒ a bottle A-fig. 11 containing the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ Reposition properly the boot stiff cov- sealer, fitted with:

ering. - filling pipe B
- sticker C bearing the notice “max.
80 km/h”, to be placed in a po-
sition visible to the driver (on the

IN AN
instrument panel) after fixing the

tyre;
❒ compressor D with pressure gauge
and fittings;
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
176
WARNING It should be noticed that:
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Hand the instruction The sealing fluid of the quick tyre re-
brochure to the per- pair kit is effective with external tem-
sonnel charged with treating peratures between –20°C and +50°C.
the tyre repaired with the kit. The sealing fluid has limited life.
DEVICES
SAFETY
WARNING
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0048m
fig. 12
Holes and damages on
❒ instruction brochure fig. 12, used In the event of a punc- the tyre side walls can-
for prompt and proper use of the ture caused by foreign not be repaired. Do not use the
bodies, it is possible to quick tyre repair kit if damag-
LIGHTS AND
quick repair kit and to be then hand-
MESSAGES
WARNING
ed to the personnel charged with repair tyres showing damages ing is due to running with flat
treating the tyre repaired with the on the track or shoulder up to tyre.
kit; max 4 mm diameter.

❒ a pair of protection gloves located in
IN AN
the side space of the compressor;
❒ adapters for inflating different ele- WARNING
ments.
Repairs are not possi-
CAR
ble in case of damages
on the wheel rim (bad groove
distortion causing air loss). Do
TECHNICAL
not remove foreign bodies
(screws or nails) from the
tyre.
INDEX
177
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The cylinder contains The compressor shall

ethylene glycol. The not be operated for
cylinder contains latex: it can more than 20 minutes. Risk of
cause allergic reactions. It is overheating!. Tyres repaired
DEVICES
SAFETY
harmful if ingested or inhaled with the quick tyre repair kit

and irritant for the eyes and in shall be used temporarily on-
case of contact. In case of con- ly.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0212m
tact rinse immediately with fig. 13
water and take off contami-
nated clothes. If swallowed, INFLATING PROCEDURE
do not induce vomit, rinse out
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the mouth, drink a lot of wa-

ter and call the doctor imme- Replace the cylinder if
diately. Keep away from chil- sealer has run out. Do WARNING
dren. This product must not be
not throw away the Put on the protection

used by asthmatics. Do not in-
IN AN
cylinder and the sealing fluid. gloves provided to-

hale vapours. Call the doctor Have the sealing fluid and the gether with quick tyre repair
immediately in case of aller- cylinder disposed of in compli- kit.
gic reactions. Keep the cylin- ance with national and local reg-
der in the space provided for ulations.
CAR
the purpose and far from heat.

The sealing fluid has limited Proceed as follows:
life. ❒ set the wheel to be repaired with
TECHNICAL
valve A-fig. 13 in the position

shown in the figure, then pull up
the handbrake, take the quick
tyre repair kit and put it on the
INDEX
ground near the wheel to be re-

paired;
178
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0116m A0F0213m A0F0217m
fig. 14 fig. 16 fig. 17
❒ make sure the compressor switch A- ❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossi-

fig. 16 is set to 0 (off), start the ble to reach at least 1.5 bar, disen-
LIGHTS AND
engine and fit plug A-fig. 17 in- gage compressor from valve and cur-
MESSAGES
WARNING
to the outlet/cigar lighter on the rent outlet, then move the car forth
front console and then turn on the for approx. ten metres in order to dis-
compressor by setting switch A-fig. tribute the sealing fluid inside the

16 to I (on); tyre evenly, then repeat the inflation
IN AN
operation;
❒ inflate the tyre to the pressure spec-
fig. 15 A0F0214m
ified in paragraph “Wheels” in sec- ❒ if after this operation it is still im-
tion “Technical Specifications”. Check possible after 5 minutes to reach at
❒ loosen tyre inflation valve cap, take tyre pressure on gauge B-fig. 16 least 1.8 bar, do not start driving
CAR
out the filler hose A-fig. 14 and with compressor off to obtain precise since the tyre is excessively dam-
screw the ring nut B-fig. 15 on the reading; aged and the quick tyre repair kit
tyre valve; cannot guarantee suitable sealing,
TECHNICAL
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services;
INDEX
179
❒ after reaching the tyre pressure spec- ❒ after driving for about 10 minutes ❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read,
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
ified in paragraph “Wheels” in sec- stop and check again the tyre pres- restore proper pressure (with engine
AND
tion “Technical Specifications”, start sure; pull up the handbrake; running and handbrake on) and
driving immediately; restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the
DEVICES
SAFETY
nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized

WARNING WARNING Service.
Apply the sticker in a If pressure falls below
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
visible position for the 1.8 bar, stop the car

driver to indicate that the tyre since the tyre is excessively
has been treated with the damaged and the quick tyre WARNING
quick tyre repair kit. Drive repair kit Fix & Go automatic You shall absolutely
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
carefully especially when cor- cannot guarantee suitable communicate that the
nering and do not exceed 80 sealing. Contact Alfa Romeo tyre has been repaired with
km/h. Avoid heavy braking Authorized Services. the quick tyre repair kit. Hand
and accelerating.
the instruction brochure to the

IN AN
personnel charged with treat-

ing the tyre repaired with the
kit.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
180
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0215m A0F0216m A0F0047m
fig. 18 fig. 19 fig. 20
CHECKING AND RESTORING CYLINDER REPLACEMENT WARNING

PRESSURE ONLY PROCEDURE
Inform other people
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The compressor can be also used just for To replace the cylinder proceed as fol- driving the car that the
restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick lows: tyre has been repaired using
connection A-fig. 18 and connect it di- the quick tyre kit. Hand the
❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 20

rectly to the tyre valve fig. 19; in this sticker to the personnel that
and hose B;
IN AN
way the cylinder is not connected to com- will carry out restoring oper-
pressor and the sealing fluid will not flow ❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder ations.
into the tyre. to replace and raise it;
❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-
CAR
wise;
❒ refit connection A or connect hose
B into its seat.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
181
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Halogen bulbs contain

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS WARNING
pressurised gas which,
if broken, may cause small
❒ When a light is not working, check Halogen bulbs must be fragments of glass to be pro-
DEVICES
SAFETY
that the corresponding fuse is intact handled touching only jected outwards.
before changing a bulb. For the lo- the metallic part. If the trans-
cation of fuses, refer to the para- parent bulb is touched with the
graph “If a fuse blows” in this sec- fingers, its lighting intensity is
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
tion; reduced and life of the bulb WARNING

❒ Before changing a bulb check the may be compromised. If
touched accidentally, rub the Due to high voltage,
contacts for oxidation; the bulb of (Bixenon)
bulb with a cloth moistened
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth- with alcohol and allow to dry. gas-discharge headlights must
ers of the same type and power; only be replaced by experts:
danger of death! Contact Alfa
❒ Always check the height of the head-

light beam after changing a bulb.
IN AN
IMPORTANT The headlight inner sur-

face may be lightly misted over: this is
WARNING
not a fault but a natural fact due to low
Modifications or re-
CAR
temperature and level of air humidity. It

will disappear as soon the headlights are pairs to the electrical
turned on. The presence of drops inside system (electronic control
the headlights means water infiltration, units) carried out incorrectly
TECHNICAL
therefore contact Alfa Romeo Authorized and without bearing the fea-
Services. tures of the system in mind
can cause malfunctions with
the risk of fire.
INDEX
182
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 21 A0F0117m
TYPES OF BULBS fig. 21 B Bayonet type bulbs: press the D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the
bulb, turn counter-clockwise to re- bulb, release the clip holding the
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your
LIGHTS AND
move this type of bulb from its bulb in place.
MESSAGES
WARNING
car:
holder.
F Gas-discharge bulbs
A Glass bulbs: clipped into posi-
C Tubular bulbs: release them (Bixenon).
tion. Pull to remove.

from their contacts to remove.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR IN AN
183
BULBS FIGURE 21 TYPE POWER
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Main beam headlights D H7 55W

Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W
Main beams/Dipped beams
DEVICES
SAFETY
(versions with Bixenon headlights) (where provided) F D1S 55W

Additional main beams (where provided) D H1 55W
Front sidelights (1 per headlight) A W5WB 5W
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Taillights B P21/5W 5W
Front fog lights E H7 55W
LIGHTS AND
Front direction indicator B PY21W 21W

MESSAGES
WARNING
Side direction indicator A W5W 5W

Rear direction indicator B P21W 21W
Brake lights B P21/5W 21W

IN AN
Third brake light A W2.3W 2.3W

Reversing light B P21W 21W
Rear fog lights B P21W 21W
CAR
Number plate lights A W5W 5W

Front ceiling light 2xA+1C 2xW5+10W 5+5+10W
TECHNICAL
Boot light C 10W 10W

Courtesy mirror lights A 1.5W 1.5W
Glovebox light A W5W 5W
INDEX
Puddle/door lights A W5W 5W
184
IF AN EXTERIOR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
LIGHT BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating,
DEVICES
SAFETY
see “When needing to change a bulb”.
FRONT LIGHT UNITS
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0191m A0F0223m
fig. 22 fig. 23
The front light units contain main beam,
sidelights, direction indicator and dipped ❒ remove the bulb and replace it;
WARNING
beam bulbs.
After replacement, re- ❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb hold-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To change the bulbs, turn cap counter- fit the covers correctly er catch B;
clockwise and then remove it. checking that they are proper- ❒ reconnect the electrical connector A;
The bulbs are arranged inside the light ly secured.
❒ refit the protective cover properly.

unit fig. 22 as follows:
IN AN
A Main beam headlights Main beam headlights
B Sidelights/direction indicators (halogen bulbs)
C Dipped beam headlights To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
CAR
❒ remove cover A-fig. 22 by turning
it counter-clockwise;
TECHNICAL
❒ disconnect the electric connector A-
fig. 23;
❒ release the bulb holder catch B;
INDEX
185
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0193m A0F0194m A0F0192m

fig. 24 fig. 25 fig. 26
Sidelights Front direction indicators Dipped beam headlights

(halogen bulbs)
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clock- ❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clock-
wise; wise; ❒ turn cover C-fig. 22 counter-clock-
wise;
❒ press tab A-fig. 24, remove the ❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 25 coun-
bulb and replace it; terclockwise, remove the bulb and re- ❒ disconnect the electric connector A-
IN AN
place it; fig. 26;

❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click in-
to place; look at the light from the ❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into ❒ release the bulb holder catch B;
outside to check for proper bulb po- place; look at the light from the out-
❒ remove the bulb and replace it;
CAR
sitioning; side to check for proper bulb posi-

tioning; ❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb holder
catch B;
TECHNICAL

INDEX
186
❒ remove bulb D and replace it;
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
❒ fit the bulb holder B into the lens C
AND
then position the unit, the catch shall
click into place A-fig. 27.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Be careful not to dam-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0163m A0F0164m
fig. 27 fig. 28
age the car body or the
Gas-discharge dipped Side direction indicators lens.
beam/main beam headlights
LIGHTS AND
(Bixenon) (where provided)
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ push the lens by hand in opposite
running direction in order to press the
catch A-fig. 27. Release the front

WARNING
part and remove the unit;
IN AN
Due to high voltage,
the bulb of (Bixenon) ❒ turn the bulb holder B-fig. 28
gas-discharge headlights must counterclockwise and remove it from
only be replaced by experts: lens C.
CAR
danger of death! Contact Alfa
TECHNICAL
INDEX
187
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0196m A0F0165m A0F0166m

fig. 29 fig. 30 fig. 31
Front fog lights fig. 29 REAR LIGHT UNITS The bulbs are arranged inside the light
unit fig. 31 as follows:
IMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Au- Rear light units contain: reversing light,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
thorized Services to have front fog lights rear fog light, direction indicators, tail- A Reversing light (left side)/rear fog
replaced and adjusted. lights, number plate lights, brake light light (right side)
and third brake light bulbs.
B Brake lights/taillights
To change these bulbs, open the boot,

C Brake lights/taillight
IN AN
operate devices A-fig. 30 and remove

the lid B. D Direction indicators
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
188
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0040m A0F0170m A0F0229m
fig. 32 fig. 33 fig. 34
Reversing light/rear fog light Taillights/Brake lights ❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 33 or
A-fig. 34 counterclockwise, re-
Reversing light and rear fog light are lo- The rear light unit houses two bulbs for
LIGHTS AND
move the bulb B and replace it;
MESSAGES
WARNING
cated inside the rear light unit, one on taillights/brake lights.
the left and the other on the right of the ❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click in-
car (according to running direction). to place; look at the light from the
❒ open the boot and the lid as de-

To change the bulb, proceed as follows: outside to check for proper bulb po-
IN AN
scribed previously (see fig. 30); sitioning.
❒ open the boot and the lid as de-
scribed previously (see fig. 30);
❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 32
counterclockwise, remove the bulb
CAR
B and replace it;
to place; look at the light from the
TECHNICAL
outside to check for proper bulb po-
sitioning.
INDEX
189
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0167m A0F0168m A0F0169m

fig. 35 fig. 36 fig. 37
Direction indicators Number plate light Additional brake light

(third stop)
To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services

❒ open the boot and the lid as de- ❒ operate with a flat blade screwdriver
to have the third brake light replaced.
scribed previously (see fig. 30); protected by a soft cloth on device A-
fig. 36 to remove the light unit B;
❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 35
counterclockwise, remove the bulb ❒ remove the bulb holder C-fig. 37 by

IN AN
B and replace it; turning it slightly and replace the snap-

fitted bulb D.
to place; look at the light from the
CAR
outside to check for proper bulb po-

sitioning.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
190
IF AN INTERIOR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
LIGHT BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating,
DEVICES
SAFETY
see “When needing to change a bulb”.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0280m A0F0281m
fig. 38 fig. 39
FRONT CEILING LIGHT COURTESY MIRROR LIGHTS

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to have the bulb replaced.
❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 38;
❒ remove the bulb B levering in the

points shown by the arrows;
IN AN
❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 39 releas-
ing it from the side contacts mak-
ing sure that the new bulb is cor-
rectly clamped between the con-
CAR
tacts.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
191
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0172m A0F0173m A0F0205m

fig. 40 fig. 41 fig. 42
GLOVEBOX LIGHT ❒ close protection B-fig. 41 on light BOOT LIGHT

unit A-fig. 40;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ refit the light unit inserting first one ❒ open the tailgate;
❒ open the glovebox;
side and then the other one until
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 42 lev-
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 40 lev- hearing the locking click.
ering in the point shown by the ar-
ering in the point shown by the ar-
row;
row;
IN AN
❒ raise protection B-fig. 41 and re-

place the snap-fitted bulb;
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
192
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0204m A0F0075m A0F0235m
fig. 43 fig. 44 fig. 45
❒ open the protection cover B-fig. PUDDLE LIGHT ❒ close protection B-fig. 45 on light
43 and replace the bulb releasing it unit A-fig. 44;
LIGHTS AND
from the side contacts making sure
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ refit the light unit inserting first one
that the new bulb is correctly ❒ open the door and remove lens A-
side and then the other one until hear-
clamped between the contacts; fig. 44 levering in the point shown
ing the locking click.
❒ re-close the protective cover B; by the arrow;

IN AN
❒ refit the light unit inserting first one ❒ raise protection B-fig. 45 and re-
side and then the other one until place the snap-fitted bulb;
hearing the locking click.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
193
IF A FUSE BLOWS WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
If a general fuse
(MEGA-FUSE, MAXI-
GENERAL FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt
The fuse is a protective device for the any repair and contact Alfa
DEVICES
SAFETY
electric system: it comes into action (i.e. Romeo Authorized Services.

it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im- Before changing a fuse, check
proper action on the system. the ignition key has been re-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0119m
fig. 46 moved and that all the other
When a device does not work, check the electric devices have been
efficiency of its fuse. The conductor el- turned off/disabled.
Never replace a broken
ement must be intact; if not, replace the
fuse with anything oth-
fuse with one of the same amp rating
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
er than a new fuse.

(same colour).
A: undamaged fuse WARNING
B: fuse with damaged filament. If a general protection

IN AN
WARNING fuse for safety sys-

To replace a fuse, use the pliers C tems (air bag system, braking
hooked to the fusebox on the dash- Never change a fuse
with another with a system), power unit systems
board. (engine system, transmission
higher amp rating, danger of
system) or steering system is
CAR
fire.
triggered, contact Alfa Romeo
TECHNICAL
INDEX
194
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0157m
fig. 47
FUSE LOCATION
Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxes
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to be found respectively on the dash-
board, on the battery positive pole, near
the battery and inside the boot (left-

hand side).
IN AN
fig. 48 A0F0124m
Fuse box on the dashboard

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse
box on the dashboard, loosen the fas-
CAR
tening screw A-fig. 47 and remove
the cover B.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
195
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0126m
fig. 49
Fuse box on the battery

positive pole
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse

box on the battery positive pole press
the retainers A-fig. 49 and remove
the protection cover B.
IN AN
fig. 50 A0F0125m
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
196
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0128m
fig. 51
Fuse box near the battery

To gain access to the fuses, loosen the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
two fastening screws A-fig. 51 and
remove the protection cover B.

IN AN
fig. 52 A0F0123m
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
197
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0129m
fig. 53
Fuse box in the boot

(left-hand side) fig. 54
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To gain access to the fuses, remove the

cover A-fig. 53 as shown by the ar-
row.
NOTE On certain versions the fuse box

IN AN
fig. 54 A0F0269m
is located under the boot mat, in central

position.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
198
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE
Right main beam headlight F14 10 52
DEVICES
SAFETY
Left main beam headlight F15 10 52
Right dipped beam headlight F12 15 48
Left dipped beam headlight F13 15 48
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Front fog light F30 15 52
Reversing light F35 7.5 48
Third brake light F37 10 48
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Front/rear ceiling light F39 10 48
Front ceiling light F49 7.5 48
Direction indicators F53 10 48

IN AN
Hazard lights F53 10 48
USERS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE
CAR
Engine compartment control unit F70 (MEGA-FUSE) 150 50
Instrument panel control unit F71 70 50
TECHNICAL
Fuel pre-heating unit (diesel versions) F73 60 50
Boot control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 52
INDEX
Instrument panel control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 52
199
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Climate control system fan F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Electric steering lock F03 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 52
Brake branch point (pump) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52
DEVICES
SAFETY
Brake branch point (solenoid valve) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52

Radiator fan (low speed) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 40 52
Radiator fan (high speed) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 52
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Headlight washer F09 20 52

Horns F10 15 52
Electronic injection sundry secondary services F11 15 52
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
+ INT for electronic injection system F16 7.5 52

Electronic injection primary services F17 10 52
Engine control branch point F18 15 52

IN AN
Climate control system compressor F19 7.5 52

Rear window heating F20 20 52
Fuel pump supply F21 20 52
CAR
Ignition coils/injectors (petrol versions) F22 15 52

Electronic injection primary services (diesel versions) F22 20 52
Sound system/Radionavigation system power F23 15 52
TECHNICAL
Body Computer branch point/Headlight washer relay coil F31 7.5 48

Driver’s door branch point/passenger’s door branch point/ignition
device F32 15 48
INDEX
Disponible F33 – 48
200
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Water in diesel fuel filter sensor/flow meter F35 7.5 48
Brake light switch/central console control panel F35 7.5 48
Cruise Control F35 7.5 48
DEVICES
SAFETY
AQS sensor F35 7.5 48
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Instrument panel branch point F37 10 48
Front headlight control unit/Power to control unit
for gas-discharge headights (Bixenon) (where provided) F37 10 48
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Boot locking/unlocking gearmotor F38 15 48
EOBD system diagnostic socket F39 10 48

T.P.M.S. control unit F39 10 48
IN AN
Mobile phone presetting F39 10 48
Alarm system control unit (for versions/markets, where provided) F39 10 48
CAR
Climate control system F39 10 48
Heated rear window F40 30 48
TECHNICAL
Windscreen washer/rear window washer nozzle demister F41 7.5 48
Heated mirror demister F41 7.5 48
Brake branch point power (ABS/VDC) –
Steering angle branch point – Yawing sensor F42 7.5 48
INDEX
Windscreen wiper/washer F43 30 48
201
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Front cigar lighter on central console F44 10 48

Powered sun curtain control unit F46 20 48
Radionavigation system F49 7.5 48
DEVICES
SAFETY
Rain sensor control unit F49 7.5 48

Steering wheel branch point F49 7.5 48
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Control buttons panel F49 7.5 48

Parking sensor branch point F49 7.5 48
LIGHTS AND
Central console control lights F49 7.5 48

MESSAGES
WARNING
Front seat controls light F49 7.5 48

Windscreen services F49 7.5 48
IN AN
Mobile phone presetting F49 7.5 48

START/STOP button F49 7.5 48
Air Bag system F50 7.5 48
CAR
Tyer pressure monitoring system control unit F51 7.5 48

Sound system presetting F51 7.5 48
TECHNICAL
Rear window washer/wiper F52 15 48

Instrument panel branch point F53 10 48
Sound system amplifier with DSP F54 30 54
HI-FI audio amplifier F54 30 54
INDEX
Front left seat movement control F56 25 54
202
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Front left seat warming F57 7.5 54
AND
Front right seat movement control F60 25 54
Subwoofer amplifier F61 15 54
DEVICES
SAFETY
Front right seat warming F67 7.5 54
Free F58 – 54
CORRECT USE
Free F59 – 54
OF THE CAR
Free F62 – 54
Free F63 – 54
LIGHTS AND
Free F64 – 54
MESSAGES
WARNING
Free F66 – 54
Free F68 – 54

Free F69 – 54
IN AN
Free F77 – 54
Left power window F78 30 54
Free F79 – 54
CAR
Right power window F80 30 54
TECHNICAL
INDEX
203
IF THE BATTERY Charge the battery as follows: WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
IS FLAT ❒ disconnect battery negative terminal
AND
The liquid in the battery

(–); is poisonous and corro-
❒ connect the charger cables to the sive. Do not let it touch the
IMPORTANT The description of the skin or eyes. Recharging the
DEVICES
battery terminals, observing the

SAFETY
battery charging procedure is described battery should be done in a

only for informative purposes. This op- poles;
well ventilated area away
eration should be carried out by Alfa ❒ turn on the charger; from naked flames or possible
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ when you have finished, turn the sources of sparks: explosion

Charging should be slow at a low amp charger off before disconnecting the and fire risk.
rating for 24 hours. Charging for a battery;
longer time may damage the battery.
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(–).
WARNING
Do not attempt to
IN AN
recharge a frozen bat-

tery. Thaw it first, otherwise
it could explode. If the battery
froze, make sure the internal
CAR
elements are not broken and

that the casing is not cracked:
risk of spilling the poisonous
and corrosive fluid.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
204
JACKING THE CAR WITH THE JACK
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
See instructions given in paragraph
“Wheel replacement” in this section
USING AN ARM LIFT OR
WORKSHOP LIFT
DEVICES
SAFETY
Never jack the car from the front side,
the car can only be jacked at the sides,
jack arms or workshop lift shall be
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0195m
fig. 55
placed as shown in fig. 55. In any
case, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR IN AN
205
TOWING THE CAR TOW RING HOOKING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Front
The tow ring provided with the car is
housed in the tool container. Proceed as follows:
❒ take the tow hook from the tool con-
DEVICES
SAFETY
tainer;
❒ remove the snap-fitted plug A-fig.
CORRECT USE
56 from the front bumper. If using the

OF THE CAR
A0F0230m
fig. 56
flat blade screwdriver provided as stan-
PRECAUTIONS FOR dard, protect its tip with a soft cloth to
TOWING THE CAR prevent damaging the car.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To prevent damaging the transmission ❒ tighten the tow hook in its seat.
components, tow the car only in one of
following ways:
❒ with front wheels raised and rear

IN AN
wheels resting on a truck provided

for the purpose;
❒ with rear wheels raised and front
wheels resting on a truck provided
CAR
for the purpose;

❒ with front and rear wheels on the
TECHNICAL
flatbed of a wrecker or maintenance

vehicle.
INDEX
206
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Before starting to tow, Do not start the engine
disengage the steering when towing the car.
lock (see paragraph “Ignition
device” in section “Dashboard
DEVICES
SAFETY
and controls”). When towing,
remember that without the
help of the brake booster and
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0176m
fig. 57 power steering, a greater ef-
fort is required on the pedal
Rear and steering wheel. Do not use
Take the tow ring from the tool container flexible cables for towing and
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and tighten it into seat A-fig. 57. avoid jerks. During towing op-
erations make sure that fas-
tening the joint to the car does
not damage the components in

IN AN
contact with it. When towing
WARNING
the car, you must comply with
Before fitting the hook, the specific traffic regulations
clean accurately its regarding the tow ring and
threaded seat. Before starting how to tow on the road.
CAR
to tow, make sure to have
tighten the hook.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
207
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The front and rear tow

hooks must only be
used for emergency situations
on the road. The vehicle may
DEVICES
SAFETY
be towed for short distances

when a dedicated device is
used in compliance with the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Highway Code (rigid bar), in

order to move the vehicle on
the road in preparation for
towing by a tow truck Tow
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
hooks MUST NOT be used to

tow vehicles off the road or
where there are obstacles
and/or for towing operations
using cables or other non-rigid

IN AN
devices. Respecting the above

conditions, towing must only
take place with two vehicles
(one towing, the other towed)
CAR
travelling as far as possible in

alignment along the same cen-
treline.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
208
CAR MAINTENANCE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
SCHEDULED SERVICING...................................... 210
SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................... 211
DEVICES
SAFETY
PERIODICAL CHECKS .......................................... 213
USE OF THE CAR UNDER HEAVY CONDITIONS ........ 213
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS .................................... 214
AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER ................................ 222
BATTERY .......................................................... 222
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WHEELS AND TYRES.......................................... 226
RUBBER HOSES ................................................ 228
WINDSCREEN/REARSCREEN WIPER .................... 228
EMERGENCY
IN AN
BODYWORK ..................................................... 230
INTERIORS ....................................................... 233
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
209
SCHEDULED It is however important to remember that IMPORTANT You are advised to con-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
scheduled servicing does not completely tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services in
SERVICING
AND
cover all the car’s requirements: also in the event of any minor operating faults,
the initial period before 35,000 km (or without waiting for the next service
Correct maintenance is essential for en- 21,000 mi) service coupon and later, be- coupon.
DEVICES
tween one coupon and another, ordinary

SAFETY
suring long car life under the best condi- If your car is used frequently for towing,
tions. care is still required such as for example
the interval between one service coupon
routine check and topping up the level of
This is why Alfa Romeo has programmed and the other must be reduced.
fluids, tyre pressure check, etc...
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
a series of checks and maintenance op-

erations every 35,000 km (or 21,000 IMPORTANT The Programmed Main-
mi). tenance coupons are specified by the
Manufacturer. The failure to have them
IMPORTANT The actual engine oil and
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
carried out may invalidate the warranty.

WARNING
filter change frequency depends on the

conditions of use of the car and is sig- Scheduled Servicing is performed by all
nalled by means of a warning light or Alfa Romeo Authorized Services, at pre-
message (where provided) on the in- established times.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
strument panel. If during whatever service operation, in

IMPORTANT At 2000 km from the addition to the ones programmed, the
scheduled service, the display will show need arises for further replacements or
a dedicated message. repairs, these may be carried out only

CAR
with the explicit agreement of the Cus-

tomer.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
210
SERVICE SCHEDULE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Thousands of km 35 70 105 140 175
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required ● ● ● ● ●
DEVICES
SAFETY
Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights,
glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,
adjust nozzles if required ● ● ● ● ●
Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear ● ● ● ● ●
Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and wear indicator operation ● ● ● ● ●
Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear ● ● ● ● ●
Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbody
EMERGENCY
protection, pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts
IN AN
(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness
and lubrication ● ● ● ● ●
CAR
Check and top up, if required, fluid levels
(brakes/hydraulic clutch, power steering, windscreen washer,
battery, engine coolant, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
TECHNICAL
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions ● ●
Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions) ● ● ● ● ●
Check exhaust emissions/smoke (diesel versions) ● ● ● ● ●
INDEX
Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket) ● ● ● ● ●
211
Thousands of km 35 70 105 140 175
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Replace accessory drive belt/s ●

Replace timing belt (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (*) ●
Replace timing belt (diesel versions) (*) ●
DEVICES
SAFETY
Change spark plugs (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) ● ●

Change spark plugs (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions) ●
Replace diesel fuel filter (diesel versions) ● ●
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Change air cleaner cartridge ● ●

Change front transmission gear oil (3.2 JTS 4x4 versions) ●
Changing engine oil and oil filter (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(or every 24 months) ● ● ● ● ●

Changing engine oil and oil filter (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (**)
(or every 12 months)
Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF) (**)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
(or every 24 months)

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF)
(or every 24 months) ● ● ● ● ●
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months) ● ●

CAR
Change pollen filter (or every 24 months) ● ● ● ● ●
(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idling
TECHNICAL
for a long time) or in any case every 5 years.

(**) The engine oil and the filter must be changed when the instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and Messages” chapter) and in all cas-
es every 24 months.
If the car is used mainly in towns the engine oil and filter need to be changed every 12 months
INDEX
212
PERIODICAL CHECKS USE OF THE CAR ❒ sight inspect the conditions of: en-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
gine, gearbox, transmission, pipes
AND
UNDER HEAVY and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes),
Every 1,000 km or before long jour- CONDITIONS rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes,
neys, check and top up if required: etc.);
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ engine coolant fluid level; Should prevailing use of the car be un- ❒ check battery charge and fluid level
❒ brake fluid level; der one of the following specially heavy (electrolyte);
conditions: ❒ visual check on various drive belt con-
❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ trailer or caravan towing; ditions;
❒ tyre pressure and conditions.
❒ dusty roads; ❒ change engine oil and oil filter, if re-
❒ check light system operation (head- quired;
lights, direction indicators, hazard ❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
lights, etc.); and repeated with external temper- ❒ check and replace pollen filter, if re-
atures below zero; quired;
❒ check windscreen wiper/washer op-
eration and windscreen/rear window ❒ frequently idling engines or long dis- ❒ check and replace air cleaner, if re-
EMERGENCY
blade position/wear; tance low speed driving (e.g.: door- quired.
IN AN
to-door deliveries) or in case of a long
Every 3,000 km check and top up if re- term inactivity;
quired: engine oil level.
❒ urban routes;
You are recommended to use
CAR
PETRONAS LUBRICANTS prod- carry out checks more frequently than
ucts, designed and produced specifical- required on Service Schedule:
ly for Alfa Romeo cars (see table “Ca- ❒ check front disk brake pad conditions
TECHNICAL
pacities” in section “Technical specifi- and wear;
cations”).
❒ check cleanness of bonnet and boot
locks and lever cleanness and lubri-
INDEX
cation;
213
CHECKING FLUID
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
3
LEVELS
AND
6 5
2
Refer to section Technical Specifications
for fluid amounts.
DEVICES
SAFETY
4
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
When topping up take

care not to confuse the 1
various types of fluids:
they are all incompatible with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
one another and could serious-

ly damage the car. fig. 1 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions
A0F0275m
EMERGENCY
WARNING
IN AN
Never smoke while

working in the engine
compartment; gas and inflam-

mable vapours may be pre-
CAR
sent, with the risk of fire.

TECHNICAL
1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid -
4. Windscreen washer fluid
INDEX
5. Engine coolant A0F0161m

6. Power steering fluid fig. 1/a - 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions
214
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid -
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
5. Engine coolant
6. Power steering fluid fig. 2 - 3.2 JTS versions
A0F0038m
EMERGENCY
IN AN
3
6 5
2 4
CAR
1
TECHNICAL
1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
5. Engine coolant
INDEX
6. Power steering fluid
A0F0274m
fig. 3 - 2.0 JTDM versions
215
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
1. Engine oil
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
5. Engine coolant
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
6. Power steering fluid

A0F0203m
fig. 4 - 2.4 JTDM versions
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
216
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0277m A0F0069m A0F0202m
fig. 5 fig. 6 fig. 8
Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put

it back in completely, remove it and
LIGHTS AND
check that the level is within the MIN
MESSAGES
WARNING
and MAX marks on the dipstick. The
gap between the MIN and MAX
marks corresponds to about one litre of
EMERGENCY
oil.
IN AN
A0F0018m A0F0276m
fig. 5 fig. 7
ENGINE OIL Checking engine oil
CAR
Fig. 5: 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions Check the oil level a few minutes (about
5) after the engine has stopped, with
Fig. 5/a: 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions
TECHNICAL
the car parked on level ground.
Fig. 6: 3.2 JTS versions
Fig. 7: 2.0 JTDM versions
Fig. 8: 2.4 JTDM versions
INDEX
217
Topping up engine oil Engine oil consumption WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
If the oil level is near or even below the Max engine oil consumption is usually
AND
When the engine is hot,

MIN mark, add oil through the filler 400 grams every 1000 km. take care when work-
neck B, until reaching the MAX mark. ing inside the engine compart-
When the car is new, the engine needs
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX ment to avoid burns. Remem-
DEVICES
to run in, therefore the engine oil con-

SAFETY
mark. ber that when the engine is

sumption can only be considered sta-
IMPORTANT If a routine check re- bilised after the first 5000 - 6000 km. hot, the fan may cut in: danger
veals that the oil level is above the of injury. Scarves, ties and
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The oil consumption de- other loose clothing might be

MAX mark, contact Alfa Romeo Au-
pends on driving style and the conditions pulled by moving parts.
thorized Services to have the correct lev-
under which the car is used.
el restored.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
IMPORTANT After adding or chang- IMPORTANT Do not add oil with

WARNING
ing the oil, let the engine turn over for specifications other than that already
a few seconds and wait a few minutes in the engine. Used engine oil and fil-
after turning it off before you check the ter contain harmful sub-
EMERGENCY
level. stances for the environ-

IN AN
ment. Contact Alfa Romeo Au-

thorized Services to have the oil
and filter changed.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
218
The cooling system uses
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
PARAFLUUP that shall be
used for topping up and
that cannot be mixed with oth-
er types of fluids. Should other
DEVICES
SAFETY
fluids be added, do not start the
engine and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 9 A0F0017m
possible. fig. 10 A0F0029m
ENGINE COOLANT FLUID WINDSCREEN/HEADLIGHT

fig. 9 WASHER FLUID fig. 10
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture The cooling system is To top up, remove the cap A and then
of 50% distilled water and 50% pressurised. If neces- pour a mixture of water and TUTELA
PARAFLUUP through the filler neck A. sary, replace the cap only with PROFESSIONAL SC 35, in the fol-
lowing concentrations:
EMERGENCY
A 50% mixture of distilled water and another genuine one, other-
IN AN
PARAFLUUP gives freeze protection to wise system efficiency could ❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
–35°C. be compromised. SC 35 and 70% water in summer;
For particularly hard climate conditions, ❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
CAR
we recommend use of a 60% SC 35 and 50% water in winter.
PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized
In case of temperatures below –20°C,
water mixture.
use undiluted TUTELA PROFES-
TECHNICAL
SIONAL SC 35.
WARNING
Do not remove the
reservoir cap when the
INDEX
engine is hot: you risk scalding
yourself.
219
WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Do not travel with the

windscreen washer
reservoir empty. The wind-
screen washer is fundamental
DEVICES
SAFETY
for improving visibility.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0027m A0F0234m
fig. 11 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA fig. 12 - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM versions
2.2 JTS Selespeed - 2.4 JTDM versions
WARNING POWER STEERING FLUID ❒ with the engine started, turn re-
fig. 11-12 peatedly the steering wheel fully
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Certain commercial ad-

WARNING
rightwards and leftwards;

ditives for windscreen Check that the fluid level in the reservoir
washers are inflammable. The is at maximum level: this operation shall ❒ top up until reaching the MAX
engine compartment contains be carried out with the car on level sur- mark then refit the cap.
EMERGENCY
hot components which may set face, engine not running and cold. IMPORTANT For this operation it is
IN AN
it on fire. however recommended to always con-

Check that the fluid level is at the MAX
mark on the reservoir or at the top mark tact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
(maximum level) shown on the dipstick

under the reservoir cap.
CAR
If the fluid level in the reservoir is below

the specified level, top up as follows: WARNING
TECHNICAL
❒ start the engine and wait until the Do not allow the pow-
fluid level in the reservoir has stabi- er steering fluid to
lized; touch the hot parts of the en-
gine: it is inflammable.
INDEX
220
IMPORTANT For this operation it is WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
however recommended to contact Alfa
AND
Romeo Authorised Services. Brake fluid is poisonous
and highly corrosive. In
From time to time, check the instrument the event of accidental contact,
panel warning light x: pressing on cap wash the parts involved im-
DEVICES
SAFETY
A (with key fitted into the ignition de- mediately with neutral soap
vice) the warning light shall turn on. and water, then rinse thor-
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs oughly. Call the doctor imme-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0016m
fig. 13
moisture. For this reason, if the car is diately if the fluid is swal-
mainly used in areas with a high degree lowed.
BRAKE FLUID fig. 13
of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should
Check that the fluid level in the reservoir be replaced at more frequent intervals
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
is at maximum. Top up with the brake than specified in the Service Schedule.
fluid specified in the table “Fluids and WARNING
lubricants” (see section “Technical Spec- Symbol π on the con-
ifications”). tainer indicates syn-
EMERGENCY
thetic brake fluid, distinguish-
IN AN
NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A ing it from the mineral kind.
Make sure that the high-
and the surrounding surface. When Using mineral fluids irre-
ly corrosive brake fluid
opening the cap take the utmost care to
does not drip onto the versibly damages the special
prevent impurities entering the tank. braking system rubber seals.
paintwork. If it does, wash it off
CAR
When topping up, always use a funnel
immediately with water.
with built-in filter with mesh equal to
or lower than 0.12 mm.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
221
AIR FILTER/ BATTERY After connecting / dis-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
POLLEN FILTER connecting the battery,
AND
The battery does not require top ups of wait for 3 minutes at
distilled water to replenish the elec- least before fitting the electron-
Air cleaner or pollen filter replacement ic key into the ignition device in
trolyte. A periodic check carried out at
DEVICES
SAFETY
shall be carried out at Alfa Romeo Au- order to allow the climate control
thorized Services. an Alfa Romeo Authorised Services is,
however, necessary to check efficien- system control unit to reset the
cy. positions of the electric actuators
CORRECT USE
that adjust air temperature and

OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The charge in the bat- distribution.

tery should be checked at the start of
winter to limit the risk of electrolyte
freezing. This check should be carried
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
out more frequently if the car is used WARNING

mainly for short trips, or if it is fitted with The liquid in the bat-
accessories that permanently absorb tery is poisonous and
corrosive. Avoid contact with
EMERGENCY
electricity also with the ignition key re-

IN AN
moved, especially in the case of after eyes and skin. Do not bring
market accessories. naked flames or possible
sources of sparks near to the
battery: risk of fire and ex-

CAR
plosion.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
222
WARNING REPLACING THE BATTERY Incorrect fitting of elec-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Running the battery If required, replace the battery with a trical and electronic ac-
with low fluid level can genuine spare part having the same cessories can seriously
damage the battery beyond specifications. damage the car. If after buying
repair and could also cause its the car, you want to install elec-
DEVICES
SAFETY
If a battery with different specifications
explosion. tric accessories which require per-
is fitted, the service intervals given in
manent electric supply (alarm,
the Service schedule in this section will
free-hand phone kit, etc.) contact
no longer be valid.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
Refer therefore to the instructions pro- whose qualified personnel, in ad-
vided by the battery manufacturer. dition to suggesting the most
suitable devices, will evaluate the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
overall electric absorption, check-
ing whether the car’s electric sys-
tem is capable of withstanding
the load required, or whether it
EMERGENCY
should be integrated with a more
IN AN
powerful battery.
CAR
Batteries contain sub-
stances that are very
harmful for the environ-
ment. You are advised to have
TECHNICAL
the battery changed at Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services,
which is properly equipped for
disposing of used batteries re-
INDEX
specting nature and the law.
223
WARNING WARNING USEFUL ADVICE FOR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
LENGTHENING THE LIFE OF
AND
If the car is left inactive When working on the

for long periods at cold, battery or near it, al- YOUR BATTERY
remove the battery and store ways wear the proper gog- To avoid draining your battery and
it in a warm place to prevent gles. lengthen its life, observe the following
DEVICES
SAFETY
freezing. indications:
❒ when you park the car, ensure the
doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
properly;
❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The car
is however provided with an auto-
matic system for switching off inter-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
nal lights;
❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound
system, hazard lights, etc.) switched
EMERGENCY
on for a long time when the engine

IN AN
is not running;
❒ before performing any operation on
the electrical system, disconnect the
battery negative terminal cable;

CAR
❒ battery terminals shall always be

perfectly tightened.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
224
IMPORTANT A battery which is kept If after buying the car, you want to in- The total intake of these systems (fac-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
at a charge of less than 50% for any stall electric accessories which require tory and after-market) must be less than
AND
length of time will be damaged by sul- permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.) 0.6 mA x Ah (of the battery) as shown
phation leading to a reduction in crank- contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services in the following table:
ing power. whose qualified personnel, in addition
DEVICES
SAFETY
Moreover, this might lead to a higher to suggesting the most suitable devices Battery Maximum
risk of the battery electrolyte freezing available at Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo, admitted
(this may even occur at –10°C). If the will evaluate the overall electric ab- stand-by intake
sorption, checking whether the car’s
CORRECT USE
car is inactive for a long period of time,
OF THE CAR
refer to “Car inactivity”, in section “Cor- electric system is capable of withstand- 50 Ah 30 mA
rect use of the car”. ing the load required, or whether it
60 Ah 36 mA
should be integrated with a more pow-
erful battery. In fact, since these devices 70 Ah 42 mA
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
continue absorbing energy even when
the ignition key is off, they gradually run 90 Ah 54 mA
down the battery.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
225
WHEELS AND TYRES IMPORTANT NOTES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
As far as possible, avoid sharp braking
AND
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ- and screech starts, etc. Be careful not to
ing the space-saver spare wheel, every hit the kerb, potholes or other obstacles
four weeks and before long journeys: hard. Driving for long stretches over
DEVICES
SAFETY
pressure should be checked with the tyre bumpy roads can damage the tyres.
rested and cold. Periodically check that the tyres have no
For the correct tyre inflation pressure, cuts in the side wall, abnormal swelling
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0120m
fig. 14
see “Wheels” in “Technical specifica- or irregular tyre wear. If any of these oc-
tions” section. Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre cur, have the car seen to at Alfa Romeo
wear fig. 14: Authorized Services.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Avoid overloading the car when travel-

WARNING
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

ling: this may cause serious damage to
B low pressure: tread particularly worn the wheels and tyres; if a tyre is punc-
at the edges. tured, stop immediately and change it
EMERGENCY
C high pressure: tread particularly worn to avoid damage to the tyre, the rim,
IN AN
in the centre. suspensions and steering system.

Tyres must be replaced when the tread
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case,

CAR
comply with the laws in the country

where the car is being driven.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
226
Tyres age even if they are not used WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
much. Cracks in the tread rubber are a
AND
sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres Remember that road Do not cross switch the
have been on the car for over 6 years, holding depends also tyres, moving them
they should be checked by specialised on the correct tyre inflating from the right of the car to the
pressure. left and vice versa.
DEVICES
SAFETY
personnel, to see if they can still be
used. Also remember to check the space-
saver spare wheel.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
In the case of replacement, always fit
new tyres, avoiding those of dubious ori-
WARNING WARNING
gin.
If the pressure is too Never submit alloy
If a tyre is changed, also change the in-
LIGHTS AND
low the tyre overheats rims to repainting
MESSAGES
WARNING
flation valve; to allow even wear be- and this can cause it serious treatments requiring to use
tween the front and rear tyres, it is ad- damage. temperatures exceeding
visable to change them over every 10- 150°C since the mechanical
15 thousand kilometres, keeping them
EMERGENCY
properties of the wheels could
IN AN
on the same side of the car so as to not be impaired.
reverse the direction of rotation.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
227
RUBBER HOSES WINDSCREEN/ A few simple notions can reduce the pos-
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
sibility of damage to the blades:
REARSCREEN
AND
As far as the brake system and fuel rub- ❒ if the temperature falls below zero,
ber hoses are concerned, carefully fol-
WIPERS make sure that ice has not frozen
low the Service schedule in this section. the rubber against glass. If neces-
DEVICES
SAFETY
sary, thaw using an antifreeze prod-

Indeed ozone, high temperatures and BLADES uct;
prolonged lack of fluid in the system Periodically clean the rubber part using
may cause hardening and cracking of ❒ remove any snow from the glass:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
special products TUTELA PROFES- in addition to protecting the blades,

the hoses, with possible leaks. Careful SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
control is therefore necessary. this prevents effort on the motor and
If the rubber blades are bent or worn overheating;
they should be replaced. In any case
LIGHTS AND
❒ do not operate the windscreen

MESSAGES
WARNING
they should be changed once a year. wipers on dry glass.

EMERGENCY
IN AN
WARNING
Driving with worn

CAR
wiper blades is a seri-

ous hazard, because visibility
is reduced in bad weather.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
228
SPRAY NOZZLES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
If the jet of fluid is missing, firstly check
that there is fluid in the reservoir: see
“Checking fluid levels” in this section).
DEVICES
SAFETY
Then check that the nozzle holes are not
clogged, if necessary use a needle.
Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fig. 15 A0F0080m
fig. 16 A0F0249m
height from the window upper edge.
Changing the windscreen Changing the rearscreen
wiper blades fig. 15 wiper blades HEADLIGHT WASHERS
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Proceed as follows: Regularly check that the spray jets are
How to remove the blade:
❒ raise cover A-fig. 16 and remove intact and clean.
– raise the windscreen wiper arm A;
the arm by loosening the nut B that The headlight washers are automatical-
EMERGENCY
– turn the blade B by 90° around pin secures it to the revolving pin; ly switched on when the windscreen
IN AN
C, on the final section of the arm; washer is operated and the dipped
❒ fit the new arm, tighten the nut B
– remove the blade from the pin C. and then lower the cover A. beams are on.
How to refit the new blade:
CAR
– fit pin C into the hole in the middle
of the blade B;
TECHNICAL
– refit the arm with the blade on the
windscreen.
INDEX
229
BODYWORK These include: BODY AND UNDERBODY
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
❒ Painting products and systems which WARRANTY
AND
give the car particular resistance to Your car is covered by warranty against
PROTECTION FROM corrosion and abrasion; perforation due to rust of any original el-
ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS ement of the structure or body. For the
❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated)
DEVICES
SAFETY
The main causes of corrosion are the fol- steel sheets, with high resistance to general terms of this warranty, refer to
lowing: corrosion; the Alfa Romeo Warranty booklet.
❒ atmospheric pollution;
CORRECT USE
❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-

OF THE CAR
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, tective function, in the more exposed
or hot humid climates); points: underdoor, inner fender parts,
edges, etc;
❒ seasonal environment conditions.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-

Not to be underestimated is also the vent condensation and pockets of
abrasive action of wind-borne atmos- moisture from triggering rust inside;
pheric dust and sand and mud and grav-
EMERGENCY
el raised by other cars. ❒ Use of special anti-abrasion protec-

IN AN
tive tapes in the most exposed areas

On your car, Alfa Romeo implemented (e.g.: rear mudguard, etc.).
the best manufacturing technologies to
effectively protect the bodywork against

CAR
corrosion.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
230
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING To wash the car correctly proceed as fol- When drying, take particular care with
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
THE BODYWORK lows: the less visible parts like door surrounds,
AND
bonnet and around the headlights where
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to
Paint water may stagnate. The car should not
prevent damage to it if the car is
be taken to a closed area immediately,
Paintwork does not only serve an aes- washed in an automatic system;
DEVICES
SAFETY
but left in the open so that residual wa-
thetic purpose, but also protects the un- ❒ wash the body using a low pressure ter can evaporate.
derlying sheet metal. jet of water;
Do not wash the car after it has been left
In the case of deep scrapes or scores,
CORRECT USE
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy
OF THE CAR
in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this
you are advised to have the necessary solution over the bodywork, fre- may alter the shine of the paintwork.
touching up carried out immediately to quently rinsing with the sponge;
avoid the formation of rust. Use only
original paint products for touching up ❒ rinse well with water and dry with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(see “Bodywork paint identification a jet of air or a chamois leather.
plate” in section “Technical specifica- NOTE Cars with metallic opaque paint
tion”). Detergents cause water
must be exclusively hand washed using pollution. Therefore the
EMERGENCY
Normal paint maintenance consists in neutral PH detergents and cleaned/ car should be washed
IN AN
washing at intervals depending on the dried with wet chamois leather. in areas equipped for collecting
conditions and environment of use. For and purifying the liquid used in
example, in highly polluted areas, or if
the washing process.
the roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise In order to preserve the
CAR
to wash the car more frequently. aesthetic appearance of
the metallic opaque
paint abrasive products and/or
TECHNICAL
polishes should not be used for
cleaning the car or removing
possible abrasions/scratches. In
case of need, contact Alfa
INDEX
231
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in Front headlights Engine compartment
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
the same way as the rest of the car.
Front headlights shall be washed with At the end of the winter the engine com-
AND
Where possible, do not park under trees; soft cloth moistened with water and car partment should be carefully washed,
the resinous substance many species re- detergent. without directing the jet against electronic
lease give the paint a dull appearance control units. Contact a specialised work-
DEVICES
SAFETY
and increase the possibility of triggering IMPORTANT Cleaning headlight lens- shop to have this done.
rust processes. es with a dry cloth will damage the
headlights with lack of performance as IMPORTANT The car should be
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be a consequence. Solvents mat the lens- washed with the engine cold and the key
OF THE CAR
washed off immediately and thorough- es with lack of performance as a con- removed from the ignition device. After
ly as the acid they contain is particular- sequence. washing make sure that the various pro-
ly aggressive. tections (e.g. rubber caps and various cov-
LIGHTS AND
IMPORTANT When washing front

MESSAGES
ers) have not been damaged or removed.

WARNING
Windows headlights using a water nozzle, keep

the water jet at 2 cm at least from lens-
Use specific window cleaner products.
es.
Use also clean cloths to avoid scratching
EMERGENCY
the glass or damaging the transparen-

IN AN
cy.
IMPORTANT The inside of the
rearscreen should be wiped gently with

CAR
a cloth in the direction of the filaments

to avoid damaging the heating device.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
232
INTERIORS CLEANING LEATHER SEATS Upholstery of your car
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
(for versions/markets, has been designed to
AND
where provided) withstand wear deriv-
Periodically check that water is not
trapped under the mats (due to water Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist- ing from common use of the car.
dripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.) ened chamois leather or cloth without You are however recommended
DEVICES
SAFETY
which could cause oxidisation of the pressing too hard. to avoid strong and/or contin-
sheet metal. uous scratching with clothing ac-
Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry cessories such as metallic buck-
CORRECT USE
absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then
OF THE CAR
les, studs, Velcro fastenings and
CLEANING SEATS AND wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather the like, since these items cause
FABRIC AND VELVET PARTS with water and neutral soap. circumscribed stress of the cov-
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to If the stain persists, use specific prod- er fabric that could lead to yarn
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
breaking, and damage the cov-
WARNING
remove dust. Velvet is cleaned better if ucts, carefully following the instructions
the brush is moistened. for use. er as a consequence.
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened IMPORTANT Never use spirit or al-
EMERGENCY
with a solution of water and neutral de- cohol-based products.
IN AN
tergent.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
233
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS WARNING STEERING WHEEL/GEAR
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Clean plastic parts with a cloth LEVER KNOB WITH
AND
Never use flammable

mositened with water and non-abrasive products like oil ether GENUINE LEATHER
neutral detergent. To remove grease or or rectified petrol for cleaning COVERING
hard stains, use appropriate products de- car interiors. Electrostatic dis- (for versions/markets,
DEVICES
SAFETY
signed to preserve the appearance of charges generated by rubbing where provided)

components. during cleaning operations These components shall only be cleaned
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or pe- could cause fire. with water and neutral soap. Never use
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
troleum to clean the instrument panel spirit or alcohol-based products.

or other plastic parts. Before using special products for clean-
ing interiors, read carefully label in-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
structions and indications to make sure

WARNING
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol they are free from spirit and/or alcohol-
cans in the car: they based substances.
might explode. Aerosol cans If when cleaning the windscreen with
EMERGENCY
must never be exposed to a special glass products, some drops fall

IN AN
temperature above 50°C. The on the leather covering of the steering

temperature inside the car ex- wheel/gear lever knob remove them
posed to the sun may go well
immediately and then clean with wa-

beyond that figure. ter and neutral soap.
CAR
IMPORTANT Take the utmost care

when engaging the steering lock to pre-
TECHNICAL
vent scratching the leather covering.

INDEX
234
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
IDENTIFICATION DATA ........................................ 236
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 238
DEVICES
SAFETY
ENGINE .......................................................... 239
FUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................ 240
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
TRANSMISSION ............................................... 240
BRAKES ........................................................... 241
STEERING ........................................................ 241
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SUSPENSIONS.................................................. 241
WHEELS .......................................................... 242
DIMENSIONS.................................................... 247
EMERGENCY
IN AN
PERFORMANCE ................................................. 248
WEIGHTS......................................................... 249
CAPACITIES ...................................................... 250
CAR
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ................................... 251
FUEL CONSUMPTION ........................................ 253
TECHNICAL
CO2 EMISSIONS .............................................. 254
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:
MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS ............................. 255
INDEX
235
IDENTIFICATION
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
DATA
AND
You are advised to note the identifica-

DEVICES
SAFETY
tion codes. The identification data

stamped and given on the plates and
their position are the following
fig. 1:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0045m A0F0013m
fig. 1 fig. 2
1 - Identification label
IDENTIFICATION LABEL C. Space available for maximum
2 - Body label weights authorised by various national
This is to be found in the engine com-
LIGHTS AND
regulations
MESSAGES
WARNING
3 - Bodywork paint identification label partment, aside the upper right shock-
4 - Engine label. absorber connection and it bears the fol- D.Space for version and any supple-
lowing identification data: mentary indications to those specified
EMERGENCY
A. Space for details of national ho- E. Space for smoke coefficient (diesel
IN AN
mologation versions only)

B. Space for punching the consecutive F. Space for punching the Manufactur-
chassis number er’s name.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
236
ENGINE MARKING
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Engine marking is stamped on the gear-
box side, on the rear left side.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0175m A0F0222m
fig. 3 fig. 4
BODYWORK LABEL BODYWORK PAINT

This is located on the passenger com- IDENTIFICATION LABEL
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
partment floor near the front passen- This is located in the inner side of the
ger’s seat. tailgate fig. 4 and it includes:
It can be reached by raising cover A- A. Paint manufacturer
EMERGENCY
fig. 3 and it includes:
IN AN
B. Name of colour
❒ type of vehicle (ZAR 939000);
C. Colour code.
❒ Manufacturer’s serial number (chas-
sis number). D. Colour code for touching up and re-
spraying.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
237
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Versions Engine code Bodywork version

DEVICES
SAFETY
1750 TURBO BENZINA () 939B1000 939DXN1B 56

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
3.2 JTS 4x2 939A000 –
3.2 JTS 4x4 939A000 939DXG2B 08

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
2.0 JTDM () 939B3000 939DXP1B 58

939DXP1B 58B
EMERGENCY
IN AN
2.0 JTDM () (**) 844A2000 939DXQ1B 60

939DXQ1B 60B
2.4 JTDM 939A9000 939DXM1B 43

CAR
() Euro 5 versions

TECHNICAL
(**) For specific markets

INDEX
238
ENGINE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
GENERAL 1750 TURBO 2.2 JTS (**) 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM
BENZINA
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine code 939B1000 939A5000 939A000 939B3000 939A9000
844A2000 (*)
Cycle Otto Otto Otto Diesel Diesel
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 6 in line 6 in 60° V 4 in line 5 in line
Valves per cylinder 4 4 4 4 4
Piston bore and stroke mm 83.0 x 80.5 85.6 X 89 85.6 x 89 83.0 x 90.4 82 X 90.4
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Total displacement cm 3
1742 3195 3195 1956 2387
Maximum power (EEC) kW 147 191 191 120 (*)/125 154
HP 200 260 260 163 (*)/170 210
EMERGENCY
corresponding ratio rpm 5000 6300 6300 4000 4000
IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 320 322 322 360 400
kgm 32.6 32.8 32.8 36.7 40.8
corresponding ratio rpm 1400 4500 4500 1750 1500
Spark plugs NGK ILKAR7D6G NGKFR5CP BOSCH –
CAR
–
HR7MPP152
Fuel Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for
95 RON 95 RON 95 RON motor vehicles
TECHNICAL
motor vehicles
(Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification
EN228) EN228) EN228) EN590) EN590)
(*) For specific markets (**) Selespeed version
INDEX
To change plugs contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
239
FUEL FEED/IGNITION
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
Fuel feed Direct injection Multijet direct injection, variable geometry

DEVICES
turbosupercharger and intercooler

SAFETY
Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do not
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
take the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to
the risk of fire.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS 4x2 3.2 JTS 4x4
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Gearbox Six forward gears + reverse and Six forward gears + reverse and
synchronisers for forward speeds synchronisers for forward
speeds
Clutch Dry single disk with hydraulic control Dry single disk
CAR
with hydraulic control
Drive Front drive Four-wheel drive

TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT In the event of difficult disengagement, due to significant difference of grip between front and rear axle, do
not insist with heavy accelerations: it is actually more effective an attempt of disengagement at medium slow engine rpm,
with pauses of a few seconds if several attempts are necessary.
INDEX
240
BRAKES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
2.2 JTS - 1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
Service brakes:
DEVICES
SAFETY
– front Disc, self-ventilating Disc, self-ventilating
– rear Disc Disc, self-ventilating
Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
STEERING
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
EMERGENCY
Type Rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering
IN AN
Turning radius
(between pavements) 10.7
CAR
SUSPENSIONS
TECHNICAL
Front High quadrilateral system
Rear Multi-link system
INDEX
241
WHEELS Load rating (capacity)
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg
AND
RIMS AND TYRES 61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg

Alloy rims. Tubeless tyres with radial car- 62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg
DEVICES
SAFETY
cass. The homologated tyres are listed 63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg

in the Log book. 64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg
WARNING In the event of discrep- 65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0186m
ancies between the information provid- fig. 5
66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg
ed on this “Owner’s Manual” and the 67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg
SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL
“Log book”, consider the specifications
shown in the log book only. Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre. 68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg
On cars fitted with four-wheel drive, all UNDERSTANDING
four tyres should be the same (brand 70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg
TYRE MARKING fig. 5 71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg
and track) to prevent damaging the 4-
EMERGENCY
WD system. The efficiency of the 4-WD Example: 215/55 R 16 93 V 72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg

IN AN
system however, is not jeopardized if 73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg

tyres with different wear conditions are 215= Nominal width (S, distance be-
fitted. tween sidewalls in mm). 74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg
75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg
Attaining to the prescribed size, to en- 55 = Percentage height/width ratio
CAR
sure safety of the car in movement, it (H/S). 76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg

must be fitted with tyres of the same 77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg
R = Radial tyre.
make and type on all wheels. 78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg
TECHNICAL
16 = Rim diameter in inches. (Ø).

WARNING Do not use inner tubes 79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg
with Tubeless tyres. 93 = Load rating (capacity). 80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg
V = Maximum speed index. 81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg
INDEX
82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg

83 = 487 kg
242
Maximum speed rating UNDERSTANDING RIM
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
MARKING
AND
Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h. Example: 7 J x 16 H2 ET 43
S = up to 180 km/h.
7 = rim width in inches 1.
DEVICES
SAFETY
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h. J = rim drop center outline (side
projection where the tyre bead
H = up to 210 km/h. rests) 2.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A0F0310m
fig. 6
V = up to 240 km/h.
16 = rim nominal diameter in inch-
W = up to 270 km/h. es (corresponds to diameter of RIM PROTECTOR TYRES
Y = up to 300 km/h. the tyre to be mounted) (3 = fig. 6
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Ø).
Maximum speed rating H2 = “hump” shape and number (re-
for snow tyres lief on the circumference hold- WARNING
ing the Tubeless tyre bead on If after-sale tyres with
EMERGENCY
Q M + S = up to 160 km/h.
rim protector are used
IN AN
the rim).
T M + S = up to 190 km/h. (fig. 6) and the car has inte-
H M + S = up to 210 km/h. 43 = wheel camber angle (distance gral cups fixed (by springs) to
between the disc/rim support-
the sheet wheel, DO NOT fit
ing plane and the wheel rim wheel cups. The use of unsui-
CAR
centre line). table tyres and wheel cups
could cause a sudden pressu-
re loss of the tyre.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
243
TYRES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Standard rim 7,5Jx17" (*) alloy

tyres tyre 225/50 R17 98W
DEVICES
rim
SAFETY
8Jx19" alloy
Optional tyre 235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)
rim 8Jx18" alloy
CORRECT USE
tyre
OF THE CAR
235/45 R18 98W (O)
Space-saver
spare wheel rim 4,00B x17"
(for versions/
LIGHTS AND
tyre
MESSAGES
markets where T125/80 R17

WARNING
provided)
(*) Tyres that cannot be fitted with traditional snow chains. Only “spider” type chains can be used.
EMERGENCY
WARNING Snow tyres with speed index H are recommended.

IN AN
(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.
CAR
Also for 3.2 JTS version, snow chains shall be fitted on the FRONT axle of the car.
TECHNICAL
On tyres 225/50 R17” only “spider” type chains can be used.

INDEX
Tyres 235/45 R18” and 235/40 ZR 19” cannot be fitted with snow chains due to inter-
ference with fender.
244
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Tyres Tyres Tyres Sapce-saver spare wheel
225/50 R17 98W 235/45 R18 98W (O) 235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)
front rear front rear front rear T125/80 R17
DEVICES
SAFETY
average load bar 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.7 2.5
4.2
full load bar 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.9 2.7
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
245
WHEEL GEOMETRY
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS 1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM versions
AND
– camber –34’ ± 18’

max. difference right/left: 24’
front wheels: – caster 4° 15’ ± 18’
DEVICES
SAFETY

– half toe-in
17” rim (*) –1.00 ± 0.5 mm
18” rim (*) –1.05 ± 0.5 mm
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– camber –56’ ± 18’

Rear wheels:
– half toe-in
17” rim (*) –1.63 ± 0.9 mm
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
18” rim (*) –1.73 ± 0.9 mm
3.2 JTS version

EMERGENCY
IN AN
– camber –26’ ± 18’

Front wheels: – caster 4° 15’ ± 18’

CAR
– half toe-in
17” rim (*) –1.00 ± 0.5 mm
18” rim (*) –1.05 ± 0.5 mm
– camber –58’ ± 18’
TECHNICAL

Rear wheels:
– half toe-in
17” rim (*) –1.63 ± 0.9 mm
18” rim (*) –1.73 ± 0.9 mm
INDEX
(*) values in degrees: – 8’ ± 4’ (maximum right/left difference: 4’)
246
DIMENSIONS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Dimensions are
expressed in mm and
refer to the car fitted
with standard tyres.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Min. size variations
when optional tyres are
CORRECT USE
fitted.
OF THE CAR
The height refers to
the car unladen.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
BOOT VOLUME
Boot volume: 220 dm3
EMERGENCY
IN AN
(or 300 dm3 according
to versions)
fig. 6
CAR
A0F0044m
A B C D E F G H
TECHNICAL
4410 1000 2528 882 1341 1593 1830 1573
1579 (■) 1559 (■)
INDEX
(■) With tyres 225/50 R17”
247
PERFORMANCE
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Top speed Acceleration Kilometer with standing start

from 0-100 km/h
km/h sec. sec.
DEVICES
SAFETY
1750 TURBO BENZINA 235 7.7 28.9

3.2 JTS 4x2 250 (*) 7.0 26.9
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
3.2 JTS 4x4 244 6.8 27.2

2.0 JTDM 218/215 (**) 8.8/9.0 (**) 30.2/30.5 (**)
2.4 JTDM 231 7.9 28.4
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(*) With Michelin 17” tyre

(**) For specific markets
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
248
WEIGHTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Weights (kg) 1750 TURBO 3.2 JTS 4x2 3.2 JTS 4x4 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM
BENZINA
Weight empty
DEVICES
SAFETY
(including fluids, 90% fuel
in the tank and no optional) 1430 1540 1605 1480 1575
Maximum admitted load (*)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– front axle 1100 1200 1200 1200 1200
– rear axle 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050
– total 1890 2000 2065 1940 2035
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Payload including
WARNING
driver (**) 460 460 460 460 460
Towable loads 1450 1500 1500 1500 1500
EMERGENCY
Max. load
IN AN
on ball 60 60 60 60 60
Max. load
on tailgate (***) 80 80 80 80 80
CAR
(*) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so
that they comply with these limits.
TECHNICAL
(**) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch etc.) the unladen weight increases, thus reducing the payload as specified in the
maximum weight allowed.
(***) Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo roof racks, max. capacity: 50 kg.
INDEX
249
CAPACITIES
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
1750 TURBO 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM Specified fuels
BENZINA and original lubricants
Fuel tank: litres 70 ● 70 ● 70 ❍ 70 ❍ ● Unleaded petrol with no less than

10 ● 10 ● 10 ❍ 10 ❍
DEVICES
– including a reserve of litres

SAFETY
95 R.O.N. (Specifica EN228)

❍ Diesel fuel for motor vehicles
(EN590 Specification)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Engine cooling system litres 6.6 10.3 6.1 7.35 Mixture of 50% water and PARAFLUUP (❑)
Lubrication system ■ SELENIA StAR

engine litres 5.0 ✰ 5.4 ■ 4.9 ★ 6.4 ❑ ✰ SELENIA StAR P.E.
(1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❑ SELENIA WR
★ SELENIA WR P.E. (2.0 JTDM versions)
Mechanical gearbox/ TUTELA CAR MATRYX

differential litres 2.0 2.8 2.8 2.8
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Windscreen washer fluid reservoir Mixture of water and

with headlight washer litres 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35
CAR
(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
250
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
DEVICES
SAFETY
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Change
for correct car operation and lubricants
Lubricants for Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade. SELENIA StAR According to
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
petrol engines FIAT 9.55535-H2 qualification Contractual Technical Service Schedule
(2.2 JTS and Reference N° F216.D05
3.2 JTS versions)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Lubricant for Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade, ACEA C3. SELENIA StAR P.E. According to
petrol engines FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification Contractual Technical Service Schedule
(1750 TURBO Reference N° F603.D08
BENZINA versions)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Lubricants for Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade. According to
SELENIA WR
diesel engines FIAT 9.55535-N2 qualification Service Schedule
Contractual Technical
(2.4 JTDM versions)
Reference N° F515.D06
CAR
Lubricants for Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-30 grade. SELENIA WR P.E. According to
diesel engines FIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification Contractual Technical Service Schedule
(2.0 JTDM versions)
TECHNICAL
Reference N° F510.D07
For diesel engines, in the event of emergencies when genuine products are not available, lubricants providing at least ACEA B4 or
ACEA C2 performance are allowed; in that case, engine best performance is not guaranteed; we recommend to have it replaced as
soon as possible with the recommended lubricants by the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
INDEX
Use of products with low-quality properties than ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 could cause damages to the engine that are not covered by the
warranty.
251
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Original fluids Applications
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS for correct car operation and lubricants
AND
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox and
Passes API GL 4 specifications. MATRYX differential
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1 Contractual Technical
DEVICES
Reference N° F108.F02
SAFETY
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-90 TUTELA Rear differential and

Passes API GL-5, ZF-TE ML 18 specifications. MULTIAXLE transmission unit
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-DA3 Contractual Technical (3.2 JTS version)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Lubricants and Reference N° F426.E06

greases Synthetic fluid for hydraulic and electrohydraulic systems. TUTELA GI/R Power steering
for transmission Qualification FIAT 9.55550-AG3. Contractual Technical
Reference N° F428.H04
LIGHTS AND
CV joints
MESSAGES
Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperature TUTELA ALL STAR
WARNING
appliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency. Contractual Technical on wheel side

Qualification FIAT 9.55580. Reference N° F702.G07
Grease for homokinetic joints with low friction coefficient. TUTELA STAR 700 CV joints
NLGI 0-1 consistency. Contractual Technical on differential side
EMERGENCY
Qualification FIAT 9.55580. Reference N° F701.C07

IN AN
Synthetic fluid for Brake and clutch controls FMVSS n° 116 TUTELA TOP 4 Hydraulic brake and
Brake fluid DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01 Contractual Technical clutch controls
Qualification FIAT 9.55597. Reference N° F001.A93
Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibited PARAFLUUP (●) Cooling circuits
CAR
Protective agent monoethylen glycol and organic formula, that passes Contractual Technical Proportion:
for radiators CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications Reference N° F101.M01 50% water and
Qualification FIAT 9.555523. 50% PARAFLUUP (❑)
TECHNICAL
Additive for Additive for diesel fuels with antifreeze and protective action for TUTELADIESEL ART To be mixed with fuel oil
Diesel engines Contractual Technical (25 cc per 10 litres)
diesel fuel
Reference N° F601.L06
Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11 TUTELA To be used diluted or
Windscreen/ PROFESSIONAL SC 35 undiluted in windscreen/
Qualification FIAT 9.55522.
INDEX
headlight washer Contractual Technical rear window washer/

fluid Reference N° F201.D02 wiper systems
(●) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having different specifications from those described here.
252 (❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.
FUEL CONSUMPTION The procedures below are followed for IMPORTANT The type of route,
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
measuring consumption: traffic situations, weather condi-
AND
The fuel consumption figures given in – urban cycle: cold starting followed tions, driving style, general con-
the table below are determined on the by driving that simulates urban use of ditions of the car, trim level/
basis of the homologation tests set the car; equipment/accessories, load, cli-
DEVICES
SAFETY
down by specific European Directives. mate control system, roof rack,
– extra-urban cycle: frequent ac-
other situations that affect air
celerating in all gears, simulating ex-
drag may lead to different fuel
traurban use of the car; the speed varies
consumption levels than those
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
between 0 and 120 km/h;
measured.
– combined consumption: is cal-
culated weighing about 37% of urban
cycle consumption and about 63% of
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
extraurban consumption.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING
TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE Urban Extra-urban Combined
(litres/100 km)
CAR
1750 TURBO BENZINA 11.8 6.0 8.1
3.2 JTS 4x2 16.4 7.9 11.0
TECHNICAL
3.2 JTS 4x4 16.7 8.3 11.4
2.0 JTDM 7.1 4.4 5.4
2.4 JTDM 9.2 5.4 6.8
INDEX
253
CO2 EMISSIONS
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
The CO2 emission levels given in the following table refer to combined consumption.
DEVICES
CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)

SAFETY
CORRECT USE
1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS 4x2 3.2 JTS 4x4 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM
OF THE CAR
189 260 270 142 179

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
254
RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial Certifications
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
Certification number
T939 NTR939
DEVICES
SAFETY
European Union and
Countries applying
0523 0523
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
EC directive
Argentina
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
❒ ❒
WARNING
Australia –
N15278
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Brazil
❒ HHHH-AA-FFFF ❒ HHHH-AA-FFFF
CAR
Bulgaria
TECHNICAL
China CMII ID : 2006DJ0352 CMII ID : 2006DJ0351
INDEX
❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.
255
Certification number
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
T939 NTR939
Malaysia
DEVICES
SAFETY
AA 000000 E AA 000000 E
❒ ❒
CORRECT USE
Mexico
OF THE CAR
YYYYXXXX-XXX YYYYXXXX-XXX
❒ ❒
AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC

Morocco Numéro d’agrément : MR 2395 ANRT 2006 Numéro d’agrément : MR 2394 ANRT 2006
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006 Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006
Complies with Complies with

Singapore IDA Standards IDA Standards
EMERGENCY
DA 104022 DA 104022
IN AN
TA-2005/701 TA-2005/702
South Africa APPROVED APPROVED
CAR
XXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX
Taiwan
TECHNICAL
❒ ❒
❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.
INDEX
256
INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD
257
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND

MESSAGES CONTROLS
WARNING DASHBOARD
TECHNICAL CAR IN AN LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE SAFETY AND
INDEX SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY MESSAGES OF THE CAR DEVICES CONTROLS
258
INDEX
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
AND
ABS system ............................ 99 – useful advice for – passenger’s seat compliance .. 124
Accessories purchased lengthening the life ............. 224 – presetting for mounting
DEVICES
SAFETY
by the owner ........................ 106 Bodywork (cleaning) ................ 230 the “Universal Isofix”
Additional heater ..................... 64 Bonnet ................................... 96 child restraint system .......... 126
Air/pollen filter ........................ 222 Boot ...................................... 90 Ceiling lights ........................... 75
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Air vents ................................. 50 – light replacement ................ 192 Checking fluid levels ................. 214
Alarm ..................................... 17 Brakes ................................... 241 Cigar lighter ............................ 82
Brake lights ............................ 188 Climate control system .............. 49
Alfa Romeo CODE system .......... 9
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Bulb (replacement) .................. 182 – automatic two-zone . ........... 54
Armrest
– general instructions ............. 182 – manual ............................. 51
– central .............................. 80
– types of bulbs .................... 183 CO2 emissions ......................... 254
EMERGENCY
– rear .................................. 81
IN AN
CODE card .............................. 11
Ashtray .................................. 82 Capacities ...................... 112-250 Containing running costs ........... 145
ASR system ............................ 102 Car inactivity ........................... 150
Controls ................................. 77
At the filling station ......... 112-250
Car maintenance ................ 209
CAR
Correct use of the car ........ 137
Automatic headlight sensor ........ 66
– periodical checks ................ 213 Courtesy mirror light
Automatic two zone
– service Schedule ................. 211 – bulb replacement ................ 191
TECHNICAL
climate control system ............ 54
– scheduled service ................ 210 Cruise Control .......................... 72
Battery – use of the car under heavy
– jump starting ..................... 170 conditions .......................... 213 Dashboard ............................. 8
INDEX
– recharging ......................... 204 Carrying children safely ............. 121 Dashboard and controls .... 6
– replacing ........................... 222 – child restraint systems ......... 124 Dashboard buttons ................... 67
259
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) .... 114 Engine starting ........................ 138 Fuel cut-off and power
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Dimensions ............................. 247 Environment protection ............. 114 supply switches ..................... 77
AND
Dipped beam headlights EOBD system .......................... 104 Fuel feed ................................ 240
– bulb replacement ................ 186 External lights ......................... 65 Fuel filler cap .......................... 113
DEVICES
SAFETY
– control .............................. 65 Fuses (replacement) ................ 194

Direction indicators Fix&Go automatic (device) ....... 176
Flashing the headlights ............. 65 Gearbox (use) ........................ 144
CORRECT USE
– bulb replacement 186-187-188

OF THE CAR
Glove compartment .................. 81

– control .............................. 65 Fluid level checks ..................... 214
Glove compartment light
Doors ..................................... 86 Fluids and lubricants ................. 251
– bulb replacement ................ 192
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Follow me home (device) ......... 66

Electronic key .......................... 11 Front air bags .......................... 128 Handbrake ............................. 143
Engine Front ceiling lights Hazard lights ........................... 67
EMERGENCY
– identification code ............... 238 Head restraints ........................ 44

IN AN
– bulb replacement ................ 191

– marking ............................ 237 – control .............................. 75 Headlight washer
– technical data .................... 239 – control .............................. 71
Front fog lights
Engine compartment (washed) .. 233

CAR
– bulb replacement ................ 188 – fluid level .......................... 219

Entine coolant
– control .............................. 67 Headlights
temperature gauge ................. 23
TECHNICAL
Engine oil Front headlights (washed) ........ 232 – adjusting headlight beam ..... 97
– consumption ...................... 217 Fuel – headlight adjustment abroad.. 98
– level check ........................ 216 – consumption ...................... 253 – headlight aiming device ....... 97
INDEX
– specifications ..................... 251 – fuel cut-off switch ............... 77 – front fog light adjustment ..... 98
Engine oil temperature gauge .... 24 – fuel gauge ......................... 22 Hill Holder system .................... 102
260
Identification data .................... 236 Number plate light .................. 190 Radio transmitters
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
If an exterior light burns out ...... 185 and cellular telephones ........... 105
AND
If an interior light burns out ....... 191 Oddments compartments .. 80-83 Rain sensor ............................. 69
Ignition device ......................... 19 Rear fog lights
DEVICES
SAFETY
In an emergency ................ 169 Paint ..................................... 231 – bulb replacement ................ 188
Inactivity of the car .................. 152 Parking . ................................. 143 – control .............................. 67
Installation of electric/ Rearview mirrors ...................... 46
CORRECT USE
Parking lights
OF THE CAR
electronic devices ................... 105
– control .............................. 67 Rear window washer
Instrument panel ..................... 8
Parking sensors ....................... 106 – control .............................. 71
Instruments ............................ 22
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
– fluid level .......................... 219
WARNING
Interior fittings ......................... 80 Performance ........................... 248
Interiors ................................. 233 Rear window wiper
Power supply and fuel
Isofix universal (child's seat) ..... 126 cut-off switches ...................... 77 – blades .............................. 228
EMERGENCY
– control .............................. 71
IN AN
Power windows ....................... 88
Jacking the car ........................ 205 – nozzle .............................. 229
Pretensioners .......................... 118
Labels Reconfigurable multifunction
Protecting the environment ........ 114
– identification data ............... 236 display ................................. 26
CAR
– bodywork paint .................. 237 Puddle light Rev counter ............................ 22
Level checks ........................... 214 – bulb replacement ................ 193 Reverse light
TECHNICAL
Main beam headlights – bulb replacement ................ 188
Quick tyre repair kit
– bulb replacement ................ 185 Rims
Fix&Go automatic .................. 176
– control .............................. 65 – understanding rim marking ... 243
INDEX
Manual climate control system ... 51 Radio frequency remote control: Roof rack/ski rack ................... 97
MSR system ........................... 103 ministerial certifications ........... 255 Rubber hoses .......................... 228
261
Safe lock device ...................... 14 Sun curtains ............................ 83 Warning lights
DASHBOARD
CONTROLS
Safety devices ......................... 115 Sun visors ............................... 83 and messages ................... 151
AND
Weights ................................. 249

S.B.R. system ......................... 117 Suspensions ............................ 241
Wheel geometry ...................... 246
Seat belts ............................... 116 Symbols ................................. 9
DEVICES
SAFETY
Wheel rims
Seats
Technical Specifications ...... 235 – understanding rim marking ... 243
– cleaning ............................ 233
Wheels
CORRECT USE
Third brake light ...................... 190

OF THE CAR
– electrically adjustable
front seats ......................... 42 Top speeds .............................. 248 – changing ........................... 171
– manually adjustable Towing the car ......................... 206 – technical data .................... 242
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Wheels and tyres ..................... 226

WARNING
front seats ......................... 41 Towing trailers ......................... 147

– with electric warming .......... 43 T.P.M.S. system ....................... 109 Windows (cleaning) ........ 68-232
Side/taillights Windscreen washer
Transmission ........................... 240
EMERGENCY
– control .............................. 68
IN AN
– bulb replacement ....... 186-188 Trip computer .......................... 37

– control .............................. 65 – fluid level .......................... 219
Turbocharger pressure gauge ...... 24
Side air bags ........................... 132 Windscreen wiper
Tyres
CAR
Ski tunnel ............................... 81 – blades .............................. 228

– changing ........................... 171
Smart washing ........................ 69 – control .............................. 68
– inflation pressures ............... 245
– nozzle .............................. 229
TECHNICAL
Snow chains ........................... 149

– snow tyres ........................ 148
Sound system ......................... 104
– standard tyres .................... 244
Steering ................................. 241
– understanding tyre marking .. 242
INDEX
Steering lock ........................... 21

Steering wheel (adjustment) ..... 45 VDC system ........................... 100
262
DASHBOARD
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

fig. 1 A0F0188m
1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. Passenger’s air bag -
4. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge (petrol versions) or turbocharger pres-
sure gauge (diesel versions) - 5. Adjustable swivel centre air vents - 6. Upper central vent - 7. External lights control lever -
8. Driver’s air bag and horn - 9. Instrument panel - 10. Windscreen wiper control lever - 11. Front side window demist-
ing/defrosting vents - 12. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 13. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp
aiming device - 14. Dashboard fusebox lid - 15. Bonnet opening lever - 16. Sound system controls on the steering wheel
(where provided) - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Cruise Control lever (where provided) - 19. Ignition device - 20. En-
gine START/STOP button - 21. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 22. Sound system (where provided) -
23. Glove box - 24. Passenger’s knees air bag (where provided)
263
INSTRUMENT PANEL

B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter -
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION
D. Multifunction display
m c Warning lights on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev counter end A0F0082m
scale value is at 6000 rpm. fig. 2
264
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE
AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Alfa Romeo has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment
through the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view
to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im-
posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle*
at the end of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring ex-
penses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the
European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi-
cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customers
by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest autho-
rised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Alfa Romeo web site or call
the toll free number 00800 2532 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t
Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.

This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance
and protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA SPORT SELENIA StAR PURE ENERGY

Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of Synthetic lubricant designed for petrol engines that need
high performance engines. products with a low ash content. It maximises the
Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress characteristics of engines with high specific power,
conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve protects the parts mostly subjected to stress and helps
the utmost performance in total safety. to keep modern catalysts clean.
SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY SELENIA RACING

Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of This lubricant has been developed as a result of Selenia’s
the latest diesel engines. extensive experience in track and rally competitions,
Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from the it maximises engine performance in all kinds of
residual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy competition use.
System that allows considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the The range also includes K Pure Energy, Selenia Digitech,
protection of increasingly high performance diesel Selenia Multipower, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
engines For further information on Selenia products visit the web
site www.selenia.com
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE
Tyres Tyres Tyres Sapce-saver spare wheel
225/50 R17 98W 235/45 R18 98W (O) 235/40 ZR19 96Y (O) T125/80 R17
front rear front rear front rear
average load bar 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.7 2.5
4.2
full load bar 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.9 2.7
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h
ENGINE OIL CHANGE (litres)

1750 TURBO BENZINA 3.2 JTS 2.0 JTDM 2.4 JTDM
Engine oil circuit 5.0 5.4 4.9 6.4
Do not discard used oil in the environment.
REFUELLING (litres)
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS
Fuel tank capacity 70
Reserve 10
For cars with petrol engine, only use unleaded petrol with no less than 95 (R.O.N.).
For cars with diesel engine, only use diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification EN590).
CUSTOMER SERVICES
TECHNICAL SERVICES – SERVICE ENGINEERING
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 – 10040 Volvera – Torino (Italia)
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.
Publication no. 60438106 – 3 Edition – 04/2010
All rights reserved. Reproduction, even in part is prohibited without written permission
from Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.
SERVICE
ENGLISH
SERVICE

Brera

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Brera

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

OWNER’S MANUAL ALFA

thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.

Have a good trip.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

PERSONAL PROTECTING THE

DASHBOARD .................................................... 7 CEILING LIGHTS ................................................ 75

SYMBOLS ....................................................... 9 INTERIOR FITTINGS............................................ 80

ELECTRONIC KEY .............................................. 11 DOORS ........................................................... 86

ALARM ........................................................... 17 POWER WINDOWS ........................................... 88

INSTRUMENTS.................................................. 22 BONNET .......................................................... 96

HEAD RESTRAINTS............................................. 44 ABS SYSTEM ................................................... 99

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 49 SOUND SYSTEM ............................................... 104

ADDITIONAL HEATER ......................................... 64 PARKING SENSORS ........................................... 106

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 72 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 114

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

c m Warning lights on diesel

end scale value is at 6000 rpm.

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display Fig. 2/a - 1750 TURBO BENZINA version

CONTROLS The electronic compo-

to deactivate the inhibitor. drop).

the electronic key into

the code of the keys has not

tinues, possibly try again with the oth-

memory. This is to ensure that any lost

missions outside the car (e.g. mobile

Never leave the elec- If when pressing button Ë, Á, or `,

operating the driver’s door lock (with

Á, or ` with another electronic key.

❒ switch (for versions/markets, where

(for versions/markets, where pro-

❒ emergency unlocking of electronic

CONTROLS WARNING WARNING

Once the safe lock de- If the car battery is

whatsoever. For this reason, electronic key on the driver’s

tive on front passenger’s door.

If the key battery is

the metal insert of the elec-

tronic key into the ignition de-

Doors, Doors, Window Window Safe lock Tailgate

unlocking cap provided)

key pressing pressing (within 1 second) button `

(over 2 seconds) (over 2 seconds) on button Á

Direction 2 flashings 1 flashing 2 flashings 1 flashing 3 flashings 2 flashings

driver’s door led off for 3 seconds, for 3 seconds, flashing,

flashing flashing flashing

❒ unlawful opening of doors, bonnet store its normal operation.

When the system has been turned on,

while the system is under surveillance.

❒ two brief “beeps”;

the electronic key into the ignition

To make sure that the protection sensors

ignition switch. strument panel turning off.

to the ignition device completely until

Button START/STOP, set on the it locks into place.

tronic key into the ignition device the in-

tronic key into the ignition device, sym-

ignition device. If the problem persists

The pointer shows the amount of fuel

flashing when travel-

on. In particular, slow revs variation helps